CICS Supplied Transaction
CICS Supplied Transaction
CICS Supplied Transaction
SC33-1686-02
CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 IBM
CICS Supplied Transactions
Release 3
SC33-1686-02
Note!
Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read the general information under “Notices” on page vii.
This edition applies to Release 3 of CICS Transaction Server for OS/390, program number 5655-147, and to all subsequent versions, releases,
and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions. Make sure you are using the correct edition for the level of the product.
This edition replaces and makes obsolete the previous edition, SC33-1686-01. The technical changes for this edition are summarized under
"Summary of changes" and are indicated by a vertical bar to the left of a change.
Order publications through your IBM representative or the IBM branch office serving your locality. Publications are not stocked at the address
given below.
At the back of this publication is a page entitled “Sending your comments to IBM”. If you want to make comments, but the methods described
are not available to you, please address them to:
When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate
without incurring any obligation to you.
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1982, 1999. All rights reserved.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
What this book is about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Who should read this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
What you need to know to understand this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
How to use this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
CICS books for CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
CICSPlex SM books for CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Other CICS books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Books from related libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Determining if a publication is current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
| Changes for this edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Changes for the CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 release 2 edition . . . . . . . . xv
Changes for the CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 release 1 edition . . . . . . . . xvi
Changes for the CICS/ESA 4.1 edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Contents v
vi CICS Supplied Transactions
Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not
offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries.
Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently
available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended
to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual
property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and
verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in
this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these
patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
For license inquiries regarding double-byte (DBCS) information, contact the IBM Intellectual
Property Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to:
The following paragraph does not apply in the United Kingdom or any other country
where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain
transactions, therefore this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are
periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new
editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s)
and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of enabling:
(i) the exchange of information between independently created programs and other programs
(including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the information which has been exchanged,
should contact IBM United Kingdom Laboratories, MP151, Hursley Park, Winchester,
Hampshire, England, SO21 2JN. Such information may be available, subject to appropriate
terms and conditions, including in some cases, payment of a fee.
The licensed program described in this document and all licensed material available for it are
provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement, IBM International
Programming License Agreement, or any equivalent agreement between us.
ACF/VTAM IBM
BookManager IBMLink
CICS IMS
CICS/ESA IMS/ESA
CICS/VM Language Environment
CICSPlex MQ
DB2 MVS/DFP
DFSMS OS/390
DFSMS/MVS RACF
DFSMSdss VTAM
DFSMShsm
Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in
the United States, other countries, or both.
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.
The book also describes how you can use the operating system console as a CICS terminal.
Some CICS transactions are described in greater detail in other CICS books. These include:
In these cases, this book contains a brief description of the transaction and indicates where
further information is to be found.
If you have any questions about the CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 library, see CICS
Transaction Server for OS/390: Planning for Installation which discusses both hardcopy and
softcopy books and the ways that the books can be ordered.
For CICS Transaction Server books, these softcopy updates appear regularly on the
Transaction Processing and Data Collection Kit CD-ROM, SK2T-0730-xx. Each reissue of
the collection kit is indicated by an updated order number suffix (the -xx part). For example,
collection kit SK2T-0730-06 is more up-to-date than SK2T-0730-05. The collection kit is also
clearly dated on the cover.
Updates to the softcopy are clearly marked by revision codes (usually a “#” character) to the
left of the changes.
Bibliography xiii
xiv CICS Supplied Transactions
Summary of changes
This edition is based on the CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 Release 2 edition,
SC33-1686-01. Changes for this edition are marked by vertical bars to the left of the text.
Changes for the CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 release 2 edition
Changes included:
The CDEX transaction
Addition of BRIDGE and IDENTIFIER to CEMT INQUIRE TASK.
Addition of BREXIT and FACILITYLIKE to CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION.
The CICS DB2 attachment facility is enhanced to provide resource definition online
(RDO) support for DB2 resources as an alternative to resource control table (RCT)
definitions. The following CEMT INQUIRE, and SET, commands are added:
– CEMT INQUIRE|SET DB2CONN
– CEMT INQUIRE|SET DB2ENTRY
– CEMT INQUIRE|SET DB2TRAN
The CEMT DISCARD command is extended to allow the resource definitions
DB2CONN. DB2ENTRY, and DB2TRAN to be discarded.
The CEDA check function is enhanced to perform consistency checks on the new DB2
objects.
For CICS Transaction Server for OS/390, the following changes have been made:
Removal of local DL/I and CEMT INQUIRE and SET PITRACE
Addition of CEMT DISCARD JMODEL, CEMT DISCARD JOURNALNAME, CEMT
DISCARD TDQUEUE, CEMT INQUIRE EXCI (replacing CEMT INQUIRE IRBATCH),
CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL, CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME, CEMT INQUIRE
STREAMNAME, CEMT INQUIRE UOW, CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL, CEMT
INQUIRE UOWENQ, CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK, CEMT PERFORM ENDAFFINITY,
CEMT SET JOURNALNAME, CEMT SET UOW, and CEMT SET UOWLINK commands
New options on the CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION, CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME, CEMT
INQUIRE FILE, CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME, CEMT INQUIRE TASK, CEMT INQUIRE
TDQUEUE, CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL, CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN, CEMT
PERFORM STATISTICS RECORD, CEMT SET CONNECTION, CEMT SET DSNAME,
and CEMT SET TDQUEUE commands.
In addition, many editorial changes have been made to clarify the information in this manual.
Generally, the master terminal operator has access to all A subset of those terminals can be grouped together as a
CICS-supplied transactions, the supervisory terminal operator class, and can be defined as such in a different TLT. (For
has access to a subset, and the terminal operator has information about defining the TLT itself, see the CICS
access to very few transactions. Resource Definition Guide.) You can specify that class by
means of the CLASS(value) keyword of the CEST SET
The system programmer is responsible for allocating operator TERMINAL command, where ‘value’ is the suffix that
security codes to restrict the use of particular transactions. identifies the TLT in which the class of terminals has been
For more information, see the relevant system administration defined.
guide for the ESM you are using. For example, if you are
using RACF, see the Resource Access Control Facility Alternatively, you can name one or more terminals in the
(RACF): Security Administrator’s Guide. CEST SET TERMINAL(value) command itself.
Supervisory terminal operator Unless otherwise stated, the information in this book about
the supervisory terminal and the CEST transaction applies
A supervisory terminal operator is the supervisor of any part only to a single CICS system, regardless of whether it is
of the system for which group control is desired. You are connected to another CICS system through ISC or MRO.
responsible for supervising, and keeping operational, groups
of terminals defined in one or more terminal list tables
(TLTs). You do this using the supervisory terminal
transaction, CEST.
Master terminal operator When the system has satisfactorily completed its response to
a command, the time and date are printed or displayed at
The master terminal operator controls system components your terminal, as follows:
using the master terminal transaction, CEMT. With this TIME=hh.mm.ss DATE=mm.dd.yy
transaction, the master terminal operator can dynamically
change the system control parameters. where time is in hours, minutes, and seconds, and date is in
months, days, and years, or in the form specified by the
Although the transaction can be started at any valid IBM DATFORM system initialization parameter. For brevity this
3270 family display device or equivalent terminal, or from the final message has been deleted from all examples in the
operating system console, its use is intended to be limited to remainder of the book.
a person known as the master terminal operator. Starting a
transaction from the operating system console is described in Unless otherwise stated, the information about the master
“The system console as a CICS terminal” on page 5. terminal and its transactions given in this book applies only
to a single CICS system, regardless of whether it is
The control permitted through CEMT allows you, the master connected to another CICS system through ISC or MRO.
terminal operator, to improve performance by changing the
system control parameters in the day-to-day operation of the
system. In addition to system control, you have prime MRO and ISC support
responsibility for administering the terminal facilities of the
system. Multiregion operation (MRO) and intersystem communication
(ISC) allow the sharing of resources between more than one
By using the routing transaction (CRTE), you can also be a CICS region. Thus a user at a terminal assigned to one
master terminal operator for multiple connected CICS CICS region can run transactions in connected regions, and
systems. can access resources—files, for example—in other regions.
As the master terminal operator, you can access all terminal It is also possible for a transaction running in one region to
and supervisory terminal transactions. In addition, however, communicate with a transaction running in another region,
you must be familiar with all the procedures associated thus sharing the processing workload.
exclusively with the master terminal. You must be aware of
which terminals and operators can access CICS at any given Except for experiencing longer response times, you should
time, and of the identifiers by which they are known to CICS. not be aware that MRO or ISC processes are being used.
During long periods of continuous operation, you can, at The CLEAR and CLEAR PARTITION keys cannot be used
intervals, read out and reset the statistics counters. The interchangeably when an existing CICS transaction is run in
volume of activity in your system determines how often you a single explicit partition.
should do this.
Partitions and the execution diagnostic is redisplayed in each partition in the following
circumstances:
facility
For the initial display when the BMS paging program is
The execution diagnostic facility (EDF), invoked by CEDF, is first invoked
not available in single-screen mode on a terminal in
Following erasure of the terminal partition set caused by
partitioned state. EDF must be used in dual-screen mode for
pressing the CLEAR key
debugging application programs that use partitions.
Following page retrieval for a different page-chaining
level
Partitions and the command interpreter
Following page purge for a different page-chaining level.
The CICS command interpreter, invoked by CECI or CECS,
cannot be used to process commands that refer to partitions.
This is because the command interpreter display cannot be
Copying pages
restored after the screen has been partitioned. BMS page copy operates on a partition basis (not a screen
or partition set basis). BMS page copy copies a page from a
PA1 print key partition to any terminal in ‘base’ state. You cannot copy a
page from a partition to another partition on the same or
The PA1 print key is not supported from a terminal in another terminal.
partitioned state.
Message termination
Routing and multiple partitions
When you terminate a message, the entire logical message
Routed messages can be directed to a terminal, including the (that is, all pages in all partitions) is purged, irrespective of
transaction terminal, which supports partitions. However, the partition in which you entered the purge command.
such messages reset the terminal to ‘base’ state.
The response to a page query request is displayed on a
cleared, unpartitioned screen.
Terminal paging
When a BMS logical message is saved in CICS temporary Error messages
storage, CICS also saves the application partition set. This
partition set is loaded onto the target terminal before any Most error messages relating to invalid paging commands
pages are delivered. CICS builds a separate page for each are displayed with an erase or write in the partition in which
partition, and overflow occurs on a partition basis. you entered the command. Other error messages unrelated
to any particular partition (such as those relating to invalid
message identifiers) are displayed on a cleared unpartitioned
Page retrieval screen.
CICS retains a current partition for each level of page You can use any operating system console as a CICS
chaining. This is initially the default partition for that partition terminal if it has been specified as such on the CONSOLE
set. Page-retrieval commands entered on a cleared screen, keyword of the CEDA DEFINE TERMINAL command. If this
or page-retrieval commands for a chaining level other than has not been done, you get the following message when you
the one being displayed, refer to the current partition for the try to use the console:
target chaining level. The current partition is reset to the DFHAC2ð15 This console has not been defined to CICS.
partition in which the last terminal-operator command was and your input is ignored.
entered.
All consoles that have been defined as CICS terminals can
CICS retains the current page for each partition in the use automatic transaction initiation (ATI), and can receive
partition set. This is initially the first page. The current page
messages from other terminals and consoles, as well as from MODIFY command
CICS transactions.
You start a CICS transaction from a console by using the
In a system that has consoles and VTAM terminals, a MODIFY command, as follows:
console can remain active when CICS and VTAM are
MODIFY ident,datastring
disconnected from each other. You can use the console to
make or break the CICS-VTAM connection without CICS You can abbreviate the MODIFY command to F.
being terminated.
ident can be any of the following:
Use the MODIFY and REPLY commands to start the
CICS-supplied transactions from an operating system The name of the job used to start CICS, when it is
console. started by a job stream.
The name of the procedure used to start CICS, when it
In addition to the MODIFY and REPLY commands, the is started by an MVS START command, for example:
system programmer should consider use of the CONTROL,
DISPLAY, START, and VARY commands when preparing START procedure_name
console operator procedures. For information on these where “procedure_name” is the ident value.
commands and other system details, see the OS/390 MVS
The task identifier that was used to qualify the procedure
System Commands manual.
name, for example:
START procedure_name.taskid
Rules for console entry
where “taskid” is the ident value. This is likely to be used
Commands typed at a console are translated to uppercase, where the same procedure is started more than once.
except for characters enclosed within single quotation marks
(' '), which remain unchanged. The occurrence of a literal datastring is a string of data, starting with a CICS
single quotation mark must be indicated by a pair of single transaction identifier.
quotation marks (''), for example:
For example, to start transaction CEBT on the CICSA system
'Please phone Mr O''Neill'. from the console, type:
MODIFY CICSA,CEBT PERFORM TAKEOVER
If UCTRAN=YES has been specified in the terminal
definition, all lowercase characters, even those enclosed You can type more than one MODIFY command at a
within single quotation marks, are translated to uppercase. console; each is processed in order of entry.
where:
nn is the number (generated by the operating
system) that you must use in your reply to the
prompt. Messages from a transaction that uses
CONVERSE commands also contain this
number.
jjjjjjjj is the jobname of CICS in the operating system.
tttt is the transaction identifier of the CICS
transaction that has issued the READ command.
REPLY command
You (the console operator) must respond to each prompt by
using the REPLY command, which you can type at either the
prompted console or the master console:
R[EPLY] nn,datastring
If a transaction is purged while it is awaiting a reply from the A TSO session can be used to input CICS commands. This
operator, the reply is canceled. has several advantages:
It removes the MVS limitation of 99 consoles.
You should note that messages to the console can become
interspersed with messages from the operating system and It supports additional device types, such as the IBM
from other regions, making them difficult to read. In extreme 3290.
cases, parts of lengthy messages can ‘scroll off’ the console It supports remote operation.
screen before they have been read.
The console ID is 4 bytes, only one of which is used for
locally connected consoles. TSO and JES3 consoles use all
Example of a conversation using 4 bytes. In addition, each console in a sysplex has an 8-byte
CONVERSE name.
modify jobðð2,serv .1/
r 17,elec .3/
r 25,accts1 .4/
1 Connection
à CDBC CICS-DBCTL CONNECTION/DISCONNECTION 93.259
ð 2 ORDERLY disconnection
3 IMMEDIATE disconnection
13:33:2ð
á ñ
Figure 1. CDBC transaction: initial screen Disconnecting CICS from DBCTL
As you can see from this display, you can select a To disconnect CICS from DBCTL, you can:
CICS-DBCTL connection, an orderly disconnection, or
an immediate disconnection. 1. Type
CDBC DISConnect [IMMediate]
or
Connecting CICS to DBCTL
2. Choose either option 2 or option 3 of the CDBC panel.
You can connect CICS to DBCTL by:
Option 2 gives you an orderly disconnection. An orderly
1. Typing CDBC CONnect [SUFFIX(xx)], or disconnection allows all existing CICS-DBCTL tasks to be
2. Typing ‘1’ in the Option Selection field indicated by ==>. completed before CICS is disconnected from DBCTL.
You can also specify a startup table suffix in the Startup
Table Suffix field. If you leave this field blank you get the
existing suffix, if one exists.
1 Connection
2 ORDERLY disconnection
3 IMMEDIATE disconnection
á ñ
Figure 3. CDBC transaction: option 2 screen
á ñ
Figure 4. CDBC transaction: the HELP panel
DBCTL ID The identifier of the DBCTL system with which this CICS
is communicating
á ñ
Status : xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx.
CICS APPLID: DBDCCICS Figure 6. CDBI transaction: the HELP panel
DBCTL ID : SYS1
á ñ
Figure 5. CDBI transaction: initial screen
| reason, but repeated re-use is likely to be a frequent Choose one. 1 1. Do not force end of volume
2. Force end of volume
| purpose. These stored commands may include more
| databases than the operator transaction panel has space for. Press enter to display responses.
1. Have a DBCTL system running IMS/ESA 5.1 or later | F1=Help F2=Maintenance F3=Exit F5=Refresh F12=Cancel
CDBM - it can only be sent to the one currently Choose one. 1 1. Do not force end of volume
2. Force end of volume
connected to CICS. This DBCTL may have its
Press enter to display responses.
own CRC value which is different from the
default one of /. This does not matter to CDBM CICS APPLID DBDCCICS
DBCTL ID SYS3
however, because the / character is used only for
syntax checking, and the command is presented F1=Help F2=Maintenance F3=Exit F5=Refresh F12=Cancel
| D Delete
|
| à CDBM CICS/DBCTL COMMAND GROUP MAINTENANCE
ð | Delete a record from the DFHDBFK file. A Delete must
| _ ACTION A add B browse D delete R read U update
| ____________ GROUP __________ IMS COMMAND
| be immediately preceded by a Read to lock the required
| > <
| > <
| record.
| > <
| > <
| > <
| > < | R Read
| > <
| > <
| > < | Read displays a specific record. Unlike Browse it does
| > <
| > < | not operate on partial, or absent keys, and does not
| > <
| > < | present the next record when you press ENTER.
| > <
| > <
| > < | Read is required before those actions (Delete and
| > <
| > <
| Update) which change an existing record. It locks that
| > <
| IMS Command parameters | You cannot update the key fields (GROUP and IMS
| (between the > < marks). | COMMAND).
| Note: Use Add to create a new key.
| Group, IMS Command and IMS Command parameters are
| described in the section “Record layout in the CDBM | Note: In the descriptions above, Key refers to the 22
| GROUP command file” on page 16 | characters at the beginning of each record in the
| DFHDBFK file (namely the GROUP and IMS
| The Action field will accept one of the following:
| COMMAND).
| A Add
| Add a new record to the DFHDBFK file. If the key
| already exists, the Add fails. The CICS-DBCTL interface
| Note: To Add a record that is very similar to an existing For detailed information about the CICS-DBCTL interface
| record, but which has a different key, you may and guidance on using the CDBM transaction with databases
| find it helpful to Read the existing record, modify controlled using DBCTL, see the CICS IMS Database Control
| the displayed fields, and then Add this new Guide.
| record.
| B Browse
The HELP panels
| Displays the contents of the command file, record by
| record. Specify any key (or none) to indicate where you | If you press the help key (PF1) from the CICS-DBCTL
| want the browse to start. Each time you press ENTER, | Operator Transaction panel, you get the panel shown in
| Browse moves on to the next record. At the end of the Figure 11 on page 18.
| file you will be prompted to wrap around to the start of
| the file. You can accept this or not as you prefer.
| Incomplete keys, and unknown keys are also acceptable
| as start points. If no key is provided, the browse starts at
| the first record in the file.
| If you have used Browse to locate a specific record for
| deletion or for update, remember to use Read before
| either Delete or Update.
F3=Exit F12=Cancel
á ñ
Figure 11. CICS-DBCTL operator transaction help panel
|
| à CDBM Help: CICS-DBCTL Operator Transaction
ð
| Maintenance Store commands for issuing from the CDBM screen.
| IMS COMMAND Enter a valid IMS command to execute with the supplied data.
| Example /GROUP SAMPLE DIS shows information for the databases in SAMPLE.
| F3=Exit F12=Cancel
| á ñ
| Figure 12. CICS-DBCTL Maintenance help panel
| Remember that:
| browsing of Temporary Storage queues retrieves the
| next record, following whichever record has most
| recently been retrieved by ANY active task.
| This is can lead to confusion if for example an EXEC
| CICS READQ NEXT and a CEBR transaction attempt to
| work with the same Temporary Storage queue at the
| same time.
| transient data queue reads are destructive. If you read a
| transient data queue that is being used on an active
| system by applications, this is likely to cause problems.
à ð
CEBR TSQ AXBYQUEUENAME1 SYSID CIJP REC 1 OF 3 COL 1 OF 5
ENTER COMMAND ===>
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ TOP OF QUEUE \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
ðððð1 HELLO
ðððð2 HELLO
ðððð3 HELLO
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ BOTTOM OF QUEUE \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
á ñ
Figure 13. Typical CEBR screen displaying temporary storage
queue contents
If you enter CEBR from CEDF, you will return to the EDF
panel when you press PF3 from the CEBR screen.
.3/
á ñ
Note: .1/Header .2/Command line .3/Body .4/Message line
.5/Menu of options
Figure 14. Typical CEBR display of default temporary storage queue
á ñ
Next
Automatic switching occurs when the current trace data
set is full, but not subsequently.
Noswitch
Switching does not occur without operator intervention.
Pause
Auxiliary tracing has stopped, but the trace data set has
been left open. A subsequent START request causes
trace entries to be written immediately following those
that were written before the PAUSE request.
Start
Auxiliary tracing is in progress.
Input: Press the Clear key and type CEBT INQUIRE DUMP
(the minimum abbreviation is CEBT I DU).
Displayed fields
Autoswitch
The switch occurs only when the active dump data set
is full, but not subsequently.
Closed
The active CICS dump data set is closed.
Currentdds(value)
displays a 1-character indicator as to which of the two
dump data sets is active. This can be A or B.
Dump
indicates that this panel relates to a dump data set
inquiry.
Noautoswitch
When the active dump data set is full, there is not to be
an automatic switch to the inactive dump data set.
Note: Because this is a ‘negative’ attribute, the field
appears blank.
Open
The active CICS dump data set is open.
Switch
The currently active dump data set is to become
inactive, and the currently inactive data set is to become
active.
Description: CEBT INQUIRE GTFTRACE tells you Description: CEBT INQUIRE INTTRACE tells you
whether CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing whether CICS internal tracing is in progress.
Facility (GTF) is started or stopped.
This command is intended for use at terminals that do not
This command is intended for use at terminals that do not support the full-screen tracing transaction CETR.
support the CETR full-screen tracing transaction.
Input: Press the Clear key and type CEBT INQUIRE
For information about GTF tracing, see the CICS Problem INTTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is CEBT I IN).
Determination Guide and the CICS Performance Guide.
To change various attributes, use the CEBT SET INTTRACE
Input: Press the Clear key and type CEBT INQUIRE command.
GTFTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is CEBT I G).
To change various attributes, use the CEBT SET 55──CEBT Inquire Inttrace──5%
GTFTRACE command.
Displayed fields
55──CEBT Inquire Gtftrace──5%
Inttrace
indicates that this panel relates to an INTTRACE inquiry.
Displayed fields Start
Gtftrace CICS internal tracing is in progress.
indicates that this panel relates to a GTFTRACE inquiry.
Stopped
Start CICS internal tracing is not in progress.
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is in progress.
Stopped
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is not in progress.
Input: Press the Clear key and type CEBT INQUIRE Input: Press the Clear key and type CEBT INQUIRE
SURVEILLANCE (the minimum abbreviation is CEBT I SU). TAKEOVER (the minimum abbreviation is CEBT I T).
To change various attributes, use the CEBT SET To change various attributes, use the CEBT SET
SURVEILLANCE command. TAKEOVER command.
The CEBT PERFORM commands allow you to: Function: Shut down the alternate CICS system in an
XRF complex.
Shut down the alternate CICS system (CEBT PERFORM
SHUTDOWN) Description: If you enter CEBT PERFORM SHUTDOWN,
Request a dump of the alternate CICS and continue all active system tasks are allowed to finish, and the
processing (CEBT PERFORM SNAP) alternate CICS system signs off normally from the CICS
availability manager (CAVM) data set.
Cause the alternate CICS to take over from the active
CICS (CEBT PERFORM TAKEOVER).
55──CEBT Perform SHutdown──Dump──Immediate──5%
Descriptions follow of the CEBT PERFORM commands in
alphabetic order.
Options
Dump
causes a dynamic storage dump to be produced when
the shutdown is complete.
Immediate
causes the alternate CICS system to be shut down
immediately, terminating all active tasks. The alternate
CICS signs off abnormally from the CAVM data set. This
can cause the primary (active) CICS system to abend if
tasks are still running.
Syntax Options
Dump
55──CEBT Perform SNap──5% sends a message to the active CICS system requesting
it to take a system dump from the CAVM data set. This
request is not honored if the active CICS fails before the
dump can be taken.
STOp
Description: You can start, stop, or pause tracing, and
CICS is to stop auxiliary tracing and close the auxiliary
specify that automatic switching of the auxiliary data set is to
trace data set. A subsequent START request causes
occur when needed. You can use the switch option to
new trace entries to be written at the start of the data
change the data set.
set, thereby overwriting the trace entries that were
Instead of using the SET command, you can overtype your written before the STOP request.
changes on the INQUIRE screen after tabbing to the SWitch
appropriate field (see “Overtyping a display” on page 47). specifies that an immediate switch from the current
auxiliary trace data set is to be made to the alternate
For information about using traces, see the CICS Problem
trace data set.
Determination Guide.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEBT SET AUXTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is
CEBT S AUX). You get a display that lists the current
status, similar to that obtained by CEBT INQUIRE
AUXTRACE. You can then tab to the highlighted or
blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
Type CEBT SET AUXTRACE (CEBT S AUX) followed by one
or more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
example, CEBT S AUX STO will stop auxiliary tracing if it is
already running.
Options
All
Specifies that automatic switching between the two
auxiliary trace data sets is to occur as necessary until
the end of this CICS session, without the need for
operator intervention.
NExt
Automatic switching of the auxiliary trace data set is to
occur when the current trace data set is full, but not
subsequently.
NOswitch
Switching between the auxiliary trace data sets is not to
occur without operator intervention.
Pause
Auxiliary tracing is to stop, but the data set is to remain
open. A subsequent START request causes trace
entries to be written immediately following those that
were written before the PAUSE request.
Description: Using CEBT SET DUMP, you can open or Description: CEBT SET GTFTRACE allows you to switch
close the active CICS dump data set, and specify whether or CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility (GTF)
not the automatic switch to the inactive dump data set is to on and off.
occur when the active dump data set is full. Instead of using
the SET command, you can overtype your changes on the This command is intended for use at terminals that do not
INQUIRE screen after tabbing to the appropriate field (see support the CETR full-screen tracing transaction.
“Overtyping a display” on page 47).
For information about using GTF tracing, see the CICS
For information about using dumps, see the CICS Problem Problem Determination Guide.
Determination Guide.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are two ways of commencing this transaction:
two ways of commencing this transaction: Type CEBT SET GTFTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is
Type CEBT SET DUMP (the minimum abbreviation is CEBT CEBT S G). You get a display that lists the current status,
S DU). You get a display that lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEBT INQUIRE GTFTRACE.
similar to that obtained by CEBT INQUIRE DUMP. You You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and
can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
overtype them with the required values. Type CEBT SET GTFTRACE (CEBT S G) followed by one or
Type CEBT SET DUMP (CEBT S DU) followed by one or more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
more attribute settings that you wish to change. For example, CEBT S G STO will stop GTF tracing if it is
example, CEBT S DU A will cause an automatic switch to already running.
the inactive dump data set if ‘noautoswitch’ was
previously specified.
55──CEBT Set Gtftrace──┬───────┬──5%
├─STArt─┤
└─STOp──┘
55──CEBT Set Dump──┬────────┬──────────────────5
├─Open───┤
├─CLosed─┤
└─Switch─┘ Options
5──┬──────────────┬──5% STArt
├─Autoswitch───┤
└─Noautoswitch─┘ CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is started.
STOp
Options CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
Autoswitch (GTF) is stopped.
The switch occurs only when the active dump data set
is full, but not subsequently.
CLosed
The active CICS dump data set is closed.
Noautoswitch
When the active dump data set is full, there is not to be
an automatic switch to the inactive dump data set.
Open
The active CICS dump data set is opened.
Switch
The currently active dump data set is to become
inactive, and the currently inactive data set is to become
active.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are 55──CEBT Set Surveillance──┬─────┬──5%
two ways of commencing this transaction: ├─OFf─┤
└─ON──┘
Type CEBT SET INTTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is
CEBT S IN). You get a display that lists the current
status, similar to that obtained by CEBT INQUIRE Options
INTTRACE. You can then tab to the highlighted or blank
OFf
fields and overtype them with the required values.
Surveillance of the active CICS system by the alternate
Type CEBT SET INTTRACE (CEBT S IN) followed by one or CICS is to be stopped.
more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
example, CEBT S IN STO will stop internal tracing if it is ON
already running. Surveillance of the active CICS system by the alternate
CICS is to be started.
55──CEbt Set Inttrace──┬───────┬──5% For more information about surveillance, see the
├─STArt─┤ CICS/ESA 3.3 XRF Guide.
└─STOp──┘
Options
STArt
CICS internal tracing is started.
STOp
CICS internal tracing is stopped.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction: à GENERAL HELP INFORMATION
ð
Enter command on the first line and press ENTER (after returning from HELP).
Type CEBT SET TAKEOVER (the minimum abbreviation is Options can be abbreviated to the minimum to make them unique.
? before command gives COMMAND SYNTAX CHECK and prevents execution.
CEBT S T). You get a display that lists the current status, To modify results, position cursor using TAB key, overtype and press ENTER.
? at start of results line gives SYNTAX OF SET COMMAND.
similar to that obtained by CEBT INQUIRE TAKEOVER. PF KEY HELP INFORMATION
You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and PFð1 HELP HELP INFORMATION
overtype them with the required values. PFð2
PFð3 END
UNDEFINED
END SESSION
PFð4 UNDEFINED
Type CEBT SET TAKEOVER (CEBT S T) followed by one or PFð5
PFð6
UNDEFINED
UNDEFINED
PFð7 SBH SCROLL BACK HALF
more attribute settings that you wish to change. For PFð8 SFH SCROLL FORWARD HALF
PFð9 MSG MESSAGES
example, CEBT S T M changes takeover to a manual PF1ð SB SCROLL BACK
PF11 SF SCROLL FORWARD
operation if it was previously specified to be automatic. PF12 UNDEFINED
└─Manual────┘ á ñ
Figure 15. CEBT transaction: the HELP panel
Options
Automatic
Takeover is to occur automatically.
Command
Takeover is to be by command.
Manual
Takeover is to be manual.
The CICS/ESA 3.3 XRF Guide tells you more about these
command options.
For details of how to use the CECI transaction, see the CICS
Application Programming Guide, which includes an example
of a complete session with CECI. PF 1 HELP 2 HEX 3 END 4 EIB 5 VAR 6 USER 7 SBH 8 SFH 9 MSG 1ð SB 11 SF
á ñ
The HELP panel
Figure 16. CECI transaction: initial screen
If you press the help key (PF1), the following panel is
Note: RECEIVE and SEND cannot be used on displayed:
TCAM-attached terminals. If you then enter the
command or its abbreviation on the top line and
press ENTER, you get a complete display of the à GENERAL HELP INFORMATION
ð
syntax for that command. For example, Figure 17 Enter command on the first line and press ENTER (after returning from HELP).
shows the screen displayed for the EXEC CICS Options can be abbreviated to the minimum to make them unique.
? before command gives COMMAND SYNTAX CHECK and prevents execution.
RETRIEVE command. To expand a value or variable to full screen,
position cursor using TAB key and press ENTER.
á ñ
Figure 18. CECI transaction: general HELP panel
Command-level syntax-checking
transaction (CECS)
Use the CECS transaction, which also invokes the
command-level interpreter, to check the syntax of an EXEC
CICS command, but not to process it.
á ñ à ð
DEF
ENTER ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
Figure 19. CEDA transaction: initial screen | Connection TCpipservice
DB2Conn TDqueue
DB2Entry TErminal
CEDA provides the following functions: |
DB2Tran
DOctemplate
TRANClass
TRANSaction
| Enqmodel TSmodel
ADd Adds a group name to a list, and creates a new File
Journalmodel
TYpeterm
à CEDA INST
ð
OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
CEDA Install
All
Connection ==>
DB2Conn ==>
DB2Entry ==>
DB2Tran ==>
| DOctemplate ==>
| Enqmodel ==>
File ==>
Journalmodel ==>
LSrpool ==>
Mapset ==>
PARTItionset ==>
PARTNer ==>
| PROCesstype ==>
PROFile ==>
PROGram ==>
| Requestmodel ==>
Sessions ==>
| TCpipservice ==>
TDqueue ==>
TErminal ==>
+ TRANClass ==>
+ TRANSaction ==>
| TSmodel ==>
TYpterm ==>
Group ==>
LIst ==>
S GROUP or LIST must be specified.
SYSID=JOHN APPLID=I
á ñ
Figure 21. CEDA transaction: INSTALL screen
Command syntax
55──CEDA────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────5
5──┬─ADD──GROUP(groupname1)──LIST(name)──┬────────────────────┬─────┬──5%
│ ├─AFTER(groupname2)──┤ │
│ └─BEFORE(groupname3)─┘ │
(1) ────────┤
├─ALTER──┤ Resource ├──GROUP(name)──┤ attribute list ├───
├─APPEND──LIST(list1)──TO(list2)─────────────────────────────────┤
├─CHECK──┬─GROUP(name)─────────────┬──┬─────────────────────┬────┤
│ └─LIST(list1, ..., listn)─┘ └─REMOTESYSTEM(sysid)─┘ │
│ ┌─ALL──────────┐ │
├─COPY──┼──────────────┼──┬───────────┬──┬─────────┬─────────────┤
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ └─┤ Route ├─┘ ├─REPLACE─┤ │
│ └─MERGE───┘ │
├─DEFINE──┤ Resource ├──GROUP(name)──┤ attribute list ├───(1) ───────┤
├─DELETE──┬─ALL──────────┬──GROUP(name)──┬────────┬──────────────┤
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ └─REMOVE─┘ │
├─DISPLAY──┬─LIST(name)──┬─────────────┬───────────────┬─────────┤
│ │ └─GROUP(name)─┘ │ │
│ └─GROUP(name)──┬──────────────┬──┬────────┬─┘ │
│ ├─ALL──────────┤ └─RENAME─┘ │
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ │
├─EXPAND──┬─LIST(name)──┬─────────────┬───────────────┬──────────┤
│ │ └─GROUP(name)─┘ │ │
│ └─GROUP(name)──┬──────────────┬──┬────────┬─┘ │
│ ├─ALL──────────┤ └─RENAME─┘ │
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ │
├─INSTALL──┬──────────────┬──┬─GROUP(name)─┬─────────────────────┤
│ ├─ALL──────────┤ └─LIST(name)──┘ │
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ │
├─LOCK──┬─GROUP(name)─┬──────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ └─LIST(name)──┘ │
│ ┌─ALL──────────┐ │
├─MOVE──┼──────────────┼──┬───────────┬──┬─────────┬──┬────────┬─┤
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ └─┤ Route ├─┘ ├─REPLACE─┤ └─REMOVE─┘ │
│ └─MERGE───┘ │
├─REMOVE──GROUP(name)──LIST(name)────────────────────────────────┤
├─RENAME──┬──────────────┬──┬───────────┬──┬────────┬────────────┤
│ ├─ALL──────────┤ └─┤ Route ├─┘ └─REMOVE─┘ │
│ └─┤ Resource ├─┘ │
├─UNLOCK──┬─GROUP(name)─┬────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ └─LIST(name)──┘ │
├─USERDEFINE──┤ Resource ├──GROUP(name)──┤ attribute list ├─── (1) ───┤
└─VIEW──GROUP(name)──┬──────────────┬────────────────────────────┘
├─ALL──────────┤
└─┤ Resource ├─┘
Note:
1 Consult the CICS Resource Definition Guide for information about the attributes
applicable to each resource type.
Resource:
├──┬─CONNECTION(name)───┬──┤
├─DB2CONN(name)──────┤
├─DB2ENTRY(name)─────┤
├─DB2TRAN(name)──────┤
| ├─DOCTEMPLATE(name)──┤
| ├─ENQMODEL(name)─────┤
├─FILE(name)─────────┤
├─JOURNALMODEL(name)─┤
├─LSRPOOL(name)──────┤
├─MAPSET(name)───────┤
├─PARTITIONSET(name)─┤
├─PARTNER(name)──────┤
| ├─PROCESSTYPE(name)──┤
├─PROFILE(name)──────┤
├─PROGRAM(name)──────┤
| ├─REQUESTMODEL(name)─┤
├─SESSIONS(name)─────┤
| ├─TCPIPSERVICE(name)─┤
├─TDQUEUE(name)──────┤
├─TERMINAL(name)─────┤
├─TRANCLASS(name)────┤
├─TRANSACTION(name)──┤
| ├─TSMODEL(name)──────┤
└─TYPETERM(name)─────┘
Route (Copy and Move):
├──GROUP(from-name)──┬─AS(newname)──────────────┬──┤
├─TO(to-name)──────────────┤
└─AS(newname)──TO(to-name)─┘
Route (Rename):
├──┬──────────────────┬──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────────┬──┤
└─GROUP(from-name)─┘ └─AS(newname)─┘ └─TO(to-name)─┘
attribute list:
├──for details consult the Resource Definition Guide──┤
DB2CONN
Defines the CICS DB2 connection.
You can go directly to the working screen to make your
changes by typing: DB2ENTRY
Defines resources to be used by a transaction or group
CEDA function resource_type
of transactions when accessing DB2.
For example:
DB2TRAN
CEDA DEF CONN Associates a transaction ID with a DB2ENTRY.
| DOCTEMPLATE
| Defines a document templates to CICS. Document
The CEDA keywords are as follows: | templates allow you to perform variable substitution on
AFTER | documents in a manner similar to that done by BMS for
Controls the placing of a group name in a list. | 3270 screens.
ALL | ENQMODEL
All resources are to be copied, deleted, displayed, | Use of ENQMODEL definitions provides an enqueue
installed, moved, or renamed. | mechanism that serializes access to a named resource
| across a specified set of CICS regions operating with a
AS The new name specified for a definition. | sysplex.
BEFORE FILE
Controls the placing of a group name in a list. The FILE definition describes to CICS file control the
physical and operational characteristics of a file.
CONNECTION
The remote system that your CICS system
communicates with, using ISC or MRO.
GROUP | TCpipservice
Every resource definition must have a GROUP name. | Use this resource definition to define which TCP/IP
The resource definition becomes a member of the group | services are to use CICS internal sockets support. The
and is installed in the CICS system when the group is | internal CICS services that can be defined are IIOP and
installed. The GROUP name can be up to 8 characters | the CICS Web Interface.
in length.
TDQUEUE
JOURNALMODEL The definition of each transient data queue used in your
The name of a journal model containing specifications of CICS system. Queue types can be intrapartition,
journal names. An MVS log stream name is associated extrapartition, or indirect. Remote queues cannot be
with each journal model entry. specified explicitly; see the CICS Resource Definition
Guide for more information about defining transient data
LIST
queues to be remote.
The name of the list for which a specified group is to be
added, appended, checked, displayed, expanded, TERMINAL
installed, locked, removed, or unlocked. The definition of each terminal used in your CICS
system. A terminal can be any device linked to your
LSRPOOL
system, for example, visual display units, printers,
The local shared resources (LSR) pool is a reserve of
facsimile machines. To simplify matters, it is possible to
data buffers, strings, and hiperspace buffers that VSAM
group resources that have common features by using
uses when processing access requests for certain files.
TYPETERM and through AUTOINSTALL.
MAPSET
TO The new group to which a definition is to be copied.
A series of different BMS maps.
TRANCLASS
PARTITIONSET
The name of a user-defined class of transactions.
A table that describes to CICS how a display screen is
to be partitioned. TRANSACTION
The name of the transaction. Within the transaction
PARTNER
definition, you can specify options such as transaction
The PARTNER definition enables CICS application
priority and length of the transaction work area. You also
programs to communicate via APPC protocols to a
add to the transaction name the names of related
partner application program running on a remote logical
resources: PROGRAM, PROFILE, and PARTITIONSET.
unit. PARTNER is one of the four resources (the other
three are PROFILE, CONNECTION, and SESSION) that | TSMODEL
you must specify to allow the System Application | The TSMODEL resource allows you to specify a TS
Architecture (SAA) communications interface to be used. | queue name prefix, and associate attributes with that
| name. You can also map names directly to a shared TS
| PROCESSTYPE
| pool (without the need for a shared sysid).
| Use the CICS business transaction services (BTS) API
| to define and execute complex business applications TYPETERM
| called processes. Some of the common attributes of your terminals. This
has to be defined as part of the terminal definition.
PROFILE
A group of programs that control a number of
transactions or partners.
CSD compatibility panel
PROGRAM
The name of the program that is to control a given Figure 22 on page 38 shows a normal ALTER panel with
transaction. one attribute (PRIMedsize) that is obsolete in CICS/ESA
3.3, protected as indicated by the colon symbol (:).
| REQUESTMODEL
| A REQUESTMODEL resource definition provides the Use the PF2 key to change to the compatibility mode panel
| connection between an Internet Inter-ORB Protocol shown in Figure 25 on page 38. PRIMedsize is now shown
| (IIOP). with the ==> symbols indicating that it can be modified. Use
the PF2 key again to return to the normal panel.
SESSIONS
The logical link of two systems that communicate using See the CICS Resource Definition Guide for background
ISC or MRO. information about the CSD compatibility panel.
à ALTER TRANS
ð Security checking
OVERTYPE TO MODIFY CICS RELEASE = ð41ð
CEDA ALter TRANSaction( )
TRANSaction ==> The scope of a particular CEDA command can be limited by
Group ==>
DEscription ==> a combination of several levels of security checking. The
PROGram ==>
TWasize ==> ð-32767 normal transaction-attach security is described in the CICS
PROFile ==>
PArtitionset ==>
STAtus ==> Enabled | Disabled
RACF Security Guide. CEDA calls the exec interface
PRIMedsize ==>
TASKDATALoc ==>
ð-6552ð
Below | Any
programs to process the user’s commands, in much the
TASKDATAKey ==>
STOrageclear ==>
User | Cics
No | Yes same way as CECI or a user’s command-level program
RUnaway ==> System | ð-27ððððð
SHutdown ==> Disabled | Enabled would. The resource security and the command security
ISolate ==> Yes | No
REMOTE ATTRIBUTES used by the command-level programming interface are thus
+ DYnamic ==> No | Yes
applicable to the master terminal user.
Figure 22. CEDA transaction: normal panel For programming information about command security
checking, see the CICS System Programming Reference
manual.
à REMOTESystem ==>
ð
REMOTEName ==>
TRProf ==>
Localq ==> No | Yes
SCHEDULING
PRIOrity ==> ð-255
CEDA HELP panels
TClass : No | 1-1ð
TRANClass ==>
ALIASES
Alias ==>
If you press the help key (PF1), the following panels are
TASKReq
XTRanid
==>
==>
displayed:
TPName ==>
==>
XTPname ==>
==>
==>
RECOVERY
DTimout ==> No | 1-68ðð
à CEDA Help Selection
ð
+ INdoubt ==> Backout | Commit | Wait
This panel allows you to see a brief description of the CEDA transaction.
For a complete description see Resource Definition (Online) (SC33-ð666).
Figure 23. CEDA transaction: normal panel (continued) Select one of the following topics:
1 Command Summary
2 Resources, Groups and Lists
3 Using the commands
4 Expand and Display
5 Messages
à RESTart ==> No | Yes
ð 6
7
Defaults and Userdefine
PF keys
SPurge ==> No | Yes
TPUrge ==> No | Yes Selection ==>
DUmp ==> Yes | No
TRACe ==> Yes | No
SECURITY
RESSec ==> No | Yes
Cmdsec ==> No | Yes
Extsec :
TRANSec : 1-64
RSl : ð-24 | Public Press Enter or any PF key to return
á ñ
Figure 24. CEDA transaction: normal panel (end)
Figure 26. CEDA transaction: initial HELP panel
à ð
OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
CEDA ALter
TRansaction ==>
COMPATIBILITY MODE
à Command Summary
ð
Group ==> Resource management commands:
DEscription ==> DEFINE creates a resource definition (see Topic 6 for USERDEFINE)
PROGram ==> ALTER,VIEW modify and display the attributes of a resource (or resources)
TWasize ==> ð-32767 COPY creates new resources from existing definitions
PROFile ==> DELETE destroys resource definitions
PArtitionset ==> MOVE,RENAME change the names and/or groupings of resources
STatus ==> Enabled | Disabled
PRIMedsize ==> ð-6552ð List management commands:
TASKDATALoc ==> Below | Any ADD creates or extends a list
TASKDATAKey ==> User | Cics REMOVE reduces or destroys a list
REMOTE ATTRIBUTES APPEND copies a list or combines lists
DYnamic ==> No | Yes
REMOTESystem ==> General purpose commands:
REMOTEName ==> CHECK cross-checks definitions in a group or list
TRProf ==> DISPLAY shows the names of groups or lists on the CSD file
+ Localq ==> No | Yes EXPAND shows the contents of groups or lists
INSTALL dynamically adds resources to the running CICS system
LOCK,UNLOCK control access to a group or list
Figure 25. CEDA transaction: compatibility mode panel CEDB does not have INSTALL. CEDC has DISPLAY, EXPAND and VIEW only.
á ñ
Figure 27. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 1
A LIST is a collection of group names, and can be used to specify large For a command executed on an EXPAND or DISPLAY panel you can see the
numbers of resources during a cold start. messages by using ? in the command field or by means of the cursor and PF9.
Commands with errors that have apparently been fixed (E-level messages)
Note that program P, say, may be defined in more than one group. Such must still be corrected by you.
definitions are separate resources and may have different attributes. You can correct a command on the message panel or on the original panel.
By contrast the same group names in different lists refer to the same group.
The DELETE command destroys a resource, but REMOVE does not destroy a group.
A group has no attributes and need not even exist to be used in a list.
Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel
á ñ á ñ
Figure 28. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 2 Figure 31. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 5
You can shorten command keywords as much as you like provided the result USERDEFINE will then behave just like DEFINE except that it will get
remains unique. Thus ALT and AL both mean ALTER but A is invalid default values from the appropriate default resource. If a default
because of ADD. The minimum number of letters you can use is shown resource does not exist then USERDEFINE fails.
in upper case.
This facility is restricted to initial values only. Default values
You can specify generic names in some commands, by using \ and +. are also given by CEDA to attributes you remove from a resource, by
\ means any number of characters, + means any single character. overtyping with blanks for instance. These defaults are the same as
Thus PROGRAM(P\) refers to all programs whose names begin with P. those used for the DEFINE command and you cannot change them.
Current values for GROUP and LIST are kept and are used when either
keyword is omitted from commands other than DISPLAY and EXPAND LIST.
Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel
á ñ á ñ
Figure 29. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 3 Figure 32. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 6
EXPAND GROUP panel - Alter, Copy, Delete, Install, Move, Rename, View 1 HELP Gives the initial help panel
EXPAND LIST panel - Add, Remove 2 COM Selects and deselects compatibility mode
DISPLAY GROUP panel - Check, Expand, Install , Lock, Unlock 3 END Terminates the CEDA transaction if no data has been entered
DISPLAY LIST panel - Append, Check, Expand, Lock, Unlock 4 Does nothing
5 Does nothing
All these commands operate on the thing beside which you enter them. 6 CRSR Moves the cursor to the command line or first input field
ALTER means ALTER PROGRAM(P) GROUP(G), if these are the object and 7 SBH Scrolls back half a screen
group values on the line. In this case, since no attributes are changed, 8 SFH Scrolls forward half a screen
you will see a display of the object which you can then overtype. 9 MSG Displays the current set of messages
The EXPAND command on a DISPLAY panel also results in a new panel. 1ð SB Scrolls back a full screen
11 SF Scrolls forward a full screen
You can enter as many commands as you like at one time and you can 12 CNCL Cancels changes not yet executed and returns to previous panel
use = to mean the same command as the last one.
When you press ENTER without having entered any data you will normally
The RENAME option of EXPAND GROUP gives a panel on which you can change the be returned to the previous panel.
names of objects directly, by overtyping the name fields displayed.
When you change a name field a RENAME command is put in the corresponding Positioning the cursor at a PF key and pressing ENTER will have the same
command field, and causes anything entered there to be ignored. effect as pressing the key. PF13 to PF24 have the same effects as PF1 to PF12.
Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel Press Enter or any PF key to return to Help Selection Panel
á ñ á ñ
Figure 30. CEDA transaction: HELP Panel 4 Figure 33. CEDA transaction: HELP panel 7
SYSID=CI41 APPLID=IYAHZCCV
á ñ
Figure 34. CEDB transaction: initial screen
EIBTIME = 11ð343
EIBDATE = 89174
EIBTRNID = 'ACCT'
EIBTASKN = 54
EIBTRMID = 'ð25L'
Command options EIBCPOSN = 4
EIBCALEN = ð
OFF EIBAID
EIBFN
=
=
X'7D'
X'ðððð'
AT X'ðð543F1E'
AT X'ðð543F1F'
specifies whether the EDF screen is to be switched EIBRCODE
EIBDS
=
=
X'ðððððððððððð'
'........'
AT X'ðð543F21'
+ EIBREQID = '........'
OFF. If you specify OFF you must enter the preceding
ENTER: CONTINUE
comma, as shown in the following examples: PF1 : UNDEFINED PF2 : SWITCH HEX/CHAR PF3 : END EDF SESSION
PF4 : SUPPRESS DISPLAYS PF5 : WORKING STORAGE PF6 : USER DISPLAY
PF7 : SCROLL BACK PF8 : SCROLL FORWARD PF9 : STOP CONDITIONS
CEDF T33A PF1ð: PREVIOUS DISPLAY PF11: UNDEFINED PF12: UNDEFINED
CEDF T33A ,OFF á ñ
CEDF ,OFF
Figure 35. CEDF transaction: initial screen
DEletshipped
does not end your session; it is ignored.
DUmp
ENDaffinity
RESet
PF5 gives a variables display. You can use this to create
SEcurity
SHUTdown values for use in a command.
SNap
STatistics
PF7 scrolls backward half a screen.
PF8 scrolls forward half a screen.
PF9 expands messages. If more than one message has
Figure 40. CEMT transaction: PERFORM screen been generated in response to your request, a
message telling you how many messages have been
If you type: generated appears near the bottom of the screen. PF9
S lets you display all the messages on a separate
display. Press ENTER to go back to your original
and press ENTER, you get the following screen: display.
PF10 scrolls backward a full screen.
à S
ð PF11 scrolls forward a full screen.
STATUS: ENTER ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OR HIT ENTER FOR DEFAULT
Figure 41. CEMT transaction: SET screen In the syntax displays on your screen and in the railroad
diagrams and syntax descriptions in this book, the minimum
permitted abbreviation is given in uppercase characters, with
System parameters the remainder in lowercase characters.
If you press ENTER without selecting one of the CEMT
keywords, INQUIRE SYSTEM is assumed and you get a ALL option
display of the system parameters. Full details are given in
“CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM” on page 116. Many of the request formats contain the ALL option. For
INQUIRE, this is the default. For example, if you inquire
about terminals, you receive information about all terminals
Program function (PF) keys unless you specify a terminal identifier, a terminal class
When you start CEMT, the lower part of your display identifier, or a system identifier.
contains a list of PF keys. If your terminal does not have
ALL is not the default on a SET command, however. If you
such keys, you can get the same effect by placing the cursor
specify the ALL option on a SET command, any changes you
under a name in the list, and pressing ENTER.
request are made to all resources of the specified type that
Here is what the PF keys do: you are authorized to access.
PF1 is a general HELP key. It also gives you a list of all the If there are no resources of the type specified on the SET
PF keys and what they do. command, a response of NOT FOUND is given.
Using the ? key Figure 44. Terminal settings for a selected terminal
If you precede the command with ?, the syntax for that Overtype the displayed settings if you want to make
command appears on the screen. For example ?INQUIRE changes. Press ENTER to restore the original panel.
TERMINAL gives the list of options that you can specify with
the inquiry command with the default highlighted. See You can view a number of expanded panels in succession by
Figure 42. entering ‘?’ or ‘s’ in the space at the beginning of the line for
each resource you wish to query. After the first expanded
panel, pressing ENTER takes you to the next panel.
à ?INQ TERM
ð
STATUS: COMMAND SYNTAX CHECK
CEMT Inquire TErminal()
< CLass() | ALl > Hexadecimal values
< TRansaction() >
< PRiority() >
< PAgeable | AUtopageable >
< Inservice | Outservice >
Some values such as TSQUEUE and NETUOWID may
< ATi | NOAti >
< TTi | NOTti > contain nondisplayable characters, which are shown as
< NEtname() >
< ACquired | RELeased > periods. You can use PF2 on the expanded panel to see the
< CReate | NOCreate >
< REMotesystem() > hexadecimal values of these characters. To switch back to
character format, press PF2 again.
1 Users of earlier releases of CICS may be familiar with the old programmable interface to the master terminal program (DFHEMTA). Its use
is still supported, though the documentation is available only in the CICS libraries for releases prior to CICS Transaction Server for OS/390
Release 3.
Options | Enqmodel(value)
| specifies the 8-character identifier of the resource to be
AUTInstmodel(value) | discarded.
specifies the name of the autoinstall model that is to be
removed. The name can be up to 8 characters long. The FENode
DISCARD AUTINSTMODEL command removes the This is described in the CICS Front End Programming
installed name of an autoinstall model from the Interface User's Guide.
autoinstall terminal model (AITM) table and the CICS
FEPool
catalog.
This is described in the CICS Front End Programming
Connection(value) Interface User's Guide.
specifies the 4-character identifier of the CONNECTION
FEPropset
definition to be discarded. When a connection is
This is described in the CICS Front End Programming
removed, all its associated sessions are also removed.
Interface User's Guide.
For deletion to be successful:
FETarget
A non-remote connection must be out of service. This is described in the CICS Front End Programming
A remote connection must have no active sessions. Interface User's Guide.
| PROCesstype(value) TDqueue(value)
| Specifies the 8–character name of the Processtype to be specifies the name of the transient data queue that is to
| removed. Only disabled processtypes can be discarded. be removed from a running CICS system. The name can
| If you are using BTS in a sysplex, it is strongly be up to 4 characters long.
| recommended that you use CPSM to remove them.
Note: When you discard a transient data queue, an
PROFile(value) implicit DELETEQ command is issued to free the
specifies the name of the profile that is to be removed. control intervals used by the queue if the queue
The name can be up to 8 characters long. The is an intrapartition queue. If the queue is a
DISCARD PROFILE command removes the installed logically recoverable intrapartition queue, a
name of a profile from the CICS profile table (PFT) and syncpoint is taken after the DELETEQ request,
the CICS catalog. but before the queue definition is discarded. This
ensures that the associated control intervals
PROGram(value) have been freed before the definition is
specifies the name of the program, map set, or partition discarded.
set that is to be removed. The name can be up to 8
characters long. The DISCARD PROGRAM command TErminal(value)
removes the installed name of a program, map set, or specifies the name of the terminal to be removed. The
partition set from the CICS processing program table name can be up to 4 characters long. The DISCARD
(PPT) and the CICS catalog. TERMINAL command removes the installed name of a
terminal from the terminal control table (TCT) and the
| Requestmodel(value) CICS catalog.
| Specifies the name of the Requestmodel resource
Only terminals that use VTAM as an access method or
| definition to be removed.
consoles are eligible for deletion. Terminals that
TCLass(value) represent sessions cannot be deleted with DISCARD
specifies the name of the transaction class that is to be TERMINAL; use the DISCARD CONNECTION command
removed. The name can be up to 8 characters long. The instead.
DISCARD TCLASS command removes the installed
TRansaction(value)
name of a transaction class from the CICS program
specifies the name of the transaction that is to be
control table (PCT) and the CICS catalog.
removed. The name can be up to 8 characters long. The
Note: ‘TRANCLASS’ is also accepted as a synonym for DISCARD TRANSACTION command removes the
TCLASS. installed name of a transaction from the CICS program
control table (PCT) and the CICS catalog.
| TCPipservice(value)
| Specifies the name of the TCPIP service to be removed. | TSmodel(value)
| specifies the name of the TS model that is to be
| removed. The name can be up to 8 characters long. You
| cannot discard a TSmodel that is in use, or one which
| has a name begining with DFH.
Most CEMT requests either inquire about (INQUIRE), or Function: Find out whether a named autoinstall model is
change (SET) the status of one or more named instances of present.
a resource (such as a terminal), a particular subgroup of
resources (such as a class of terminals), or all resources of a
Description: The INQUIRE AUTINSTMODEL command
returns the names of all the autoinstall models installed in
particular type (such as all terminals).
your system. There is no CEMT SET AUTINSTMODEL
The INQUIRE command causes the status of the specified function, but the INQUIRE AUTINSTMODEL screens allow
resources to be displayed. The SET command makes the you to use the DISCARD function.
changes that you specify, and displays the new status of the
For information about autoinstall models, see the CICS
resources. No changes are made if there are syntax errors in
Resource Definition Guide.
the SET command.
If, for example, you want to inquire about a resource, enter Input: Press the Clear key and type CEMT INQUIRE
INQUIRE (or a suitable abbreviation) on the command line. AUTINSTMODEL (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT I AUTI).
The keywords you can use with CEMT INQUIRE are
You will get a display screen, a sample of which is shown
described in the rest of this section.
below.
If you want to perform those functions that are not concerned
If you do not type the name of a specific autoinstall model
with resource status, enter PERFORM (or a suitable
(the name can be up to 8 characters long—for example, cemt
abbreviation) on the command line. The keywords you can
i auti(dfhluðe2)), the names of all the autoinstall models
use with PERFORM are described in “CEMT PERFORM
will be displayed.
commands” on page 155.
á ñ
55──CEMT Inquire AUTInstmodel───┬─────┬───5%
Figure 46. Sample of the screen following either the INQUIRE or the └─All─┘
SET command
| Terminals
| MAXREQS not equal 0 and autoinstall
Figure 48. CEMT INQUIRE AUTOINSTALL screen | control program is enabled.
| Consoles
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER, | 1. CONSOLES displays FULLAUTO.
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 49. | 2. CONSOLES displays PROGAUTO and
| the autoinstall control program is
| enabled.
à IN AUTOIN
ð | Disabled
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Autoinstall
Maxreqs( 1ðð ) | Neither consoles nor terminals can be
Program( DFHZATDX )
Curreqs( ððð ) | autoinstalled in CICS. DISABLED is returned for
| Consoles( Fullauto )
| the following conditions:
| Enablestatus( Enabled )
| Terminals
Figure 49. The expanded display of an individual entry | MAXREQS equal 0, or autoinstall control
| program is disabled.
| Consoles
55──CEMT Inquire AUTOinstall──5% | 1. CONSOLES displays NOAUTO.
| 2. CONSOLES displays PROGAUTO but
| the autoinstall control program is
Displayed fields | disabled.
AUTOinstall Curreqs(value)
identifies this panel as relating to terminal autoinstall. displays the number of autoinstall requests that are
| COnsoles(value) currently being processed. (This is not the number of
| displays the status of autoinstall for MVS consoles in the terminals currently installed using autoinstall.)
| CICS region. The values are: Maximum(value)
| Fullauto displays the largest number of autoinstall requests that
| Autoinstall for consoles is active without any are allowed to queue at any one time. (This is not the
| support from the autoinstall control program. CICS largest number of terminals that can be installed using
| generates the required terminal ID automatically autoinstall.)
| without calling the control program, and sets the Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| default delete-delay period (60 minutes) for the different value.
| console entry.
Sample screen
à I AUX
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Aux Cur(A) Sto
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER,
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 51 on
page 56.
SWITCH
Displayed fields
Makes an immediate switch from the current
Auxiliary auxiliary trace data set to the alternate trace data
identifies this panel as relating to auxiliary trace. set.
Curauxds(value) SWITCHStatus(value)
displays a 1-character identifier of the current auxiliary displays whether automatic data set switching is to occur
data set, which can be ‘A’ or ‘B’. This value is blank if when the current auxiliary trace data set becomes full.
there is no auxiliary trace data set. The values are:
STatus(value) Noswitch
displays the status of auxiliary tracing in your CICS Switching does not occur without operator
system. The values are: intervention.
Start Auxiliary tracing is in progress (the auxiliary trace NExt Automatic switching occurs when the current trace
data set is open). data set is full, but not subsequently.
| ALL
| Function: Retrieves information about coupling facility
| This is the default. CICS displays the names of all
| data table pools.
| installed CFDT pools.
| Description: INQUIRE CFDTPOOL returns information | CFdtpool(value)
| about any currently installed CFDT pool names. CICS installs | displays information about a named CFDT pool.
| these automatically whenever it installs a file resource
| CICS creates a resource entry for a CFDT pool when a
| definition that refers to a CFDT.
| file resource definition that refers to a coupling facility
| Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen, and type | data table is first installed. The resource entry is
| CEMT INQUIRE CFDTPOOL (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT I | cataloged, and reinstalled from the catalog on a warm or
| CF). You get a display that lists the names and status of any | emergency restart.
| coupling facility data table pools to which CICS is connected | Note: You cannot discard CFDT pool entries other than
| through a CFDT server. Note that you cannot change any of | by a cold or initial start of the CICS region.
| the displayed information.
| Connstatus
| Sample screen | displays the connection status for the named CFDT pool.
| The values are:
| Connected
|
| à inquire cfdt
ð | The server for the coupling facility data table pool
| STATUS: RESULTS
| is available in this MVS image, and CICS is
| Cfd(DTPOOL1 ) Con
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and access method is defined as IRC or XM in the
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown connection definition.
in Figure 54 on page 59.
RConnection
The connection is remote—that is, it is owned by
another CICS system.
à IN CONN
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Affinity (input only field)
Connection(MRO5)
Netname(CICSHAA3) specifies, where CICS is a member of a VTAM generic
Pendstatus( Notpending )
Servstatus( Inservice )
Connstatus( Acquired )
resource group, that VTAM is to end an affinity owned
Accessmethod(Irc)
Purgetype( )
by CICS. This option is valid only for APPC and LU61
Protocol()
Xlnstatus()
connections. The connection must be out of service and
Recovstatus( Norecovdata )
Uowaction( ) in NORECOVDATA state. The value is:
| Cqp( Notsupported )
Grname()
Membername() Endaffinity
Affinity( )
Remotesystem()
Rname()
VTAM is to end an affinity owned by CICS.
Rnetname()
Connection(value)
identifies this panel as relating to system connections,
Figure 54. The expanded display of an individual entry and displays the 4-character name by which the
connection is known.
Displayed fields
Connstatus
Accessmethod
displays the state of the connection between CICS and a
displays the access method in use for this connection.
remote system. The remote system can be an APPC or
The values are:
an MRO partner identified by (value) on the CEMT
Vtam INQUIRE CONNECTION command. The ACQUIRED
The connection is used for intersystem and RELEASED values are common to both APPC and
communication (ISC). MRO; the others are unique to APPC. The values are:
IRc The connection is used for multiregion operation ACquired (APPC and MRO)
(MRO), and has been defined to use the The CONNECTION is acquired. The criteria for
interregion communication (IRC) program for ACQUIRED for VTAM links are:
communication. If the CONNECTION is
The partner LU has been contacted.
ACQUIRED, the MRO partner is running on the
same MVS image. If the CONNECTION is Initial CNOS exchange has been done.
RELEASED, the MRO partner may not be on the The criteria for ACQUIRED for MRO links are:
same MVS image; if it is not, the XCF access
method will be used when the connection Both sides of the link are in service.
becomes ACQUIRED. Both sides of the link are successfully logged
XM The connection is used for multiregion operation on to the CICS interregion communication
(MRO) and has been defined to use MVS program (DFHIRP).
cross-memory (XM) services for communication. If A connection request by each side has been
the CONNECTION is ACQUIRED, the MRO successful for at least one session, and
partner is running on the same MVS image. If the therefore each side can send and receive
CONNECTION is RELEASED, the MRO partner data.
may not be on the same MVS image; if it is not,
RELeased (APPC and MRO)
the XCF access method will be used when the
The connection is released. Although the
connection becomes ACQUIRED.
connection might be in service, it is not usable.
INDirect
In the case of an MRO link, the released status
Communication between the local CICS system
can be caused by any one of a number of
and the system defined by this connection is
conditions. For example, it could be because the
through the system named in the INDSYS
CICS region on the other side has not yet
operand of the connection definition.
initialized, or not yet signed on to the CICS
XCf The connection is used for multiregion operation interregion communication program (DFHIRP); or
(MRO), and communication uses the cross-system it could be because CICS interregion
coupling facility (XCF) of MVS. XCF is used for communication may have been closed on the
MRO links between CICS regions on different other side, or the connection on the other side
MVS images within an MVS sysplex. It is selected may have been set out of service.
dynamically by CICS for such links when the
RNAme(value) FORCEUow
displays the 4-character name by which this connection All UOWs shunted due to the failure of this
is known in a remote system, if the subject of the inquiry connection are to be forced to BACKOUT or
is a remote connection. COMMIT, as specified on the INDOUBT option of
the TRANSACTION definition.
RNEtname(value)
displays the 8-character netname of the owning TOR, if Resync
the subject of this inquiry is a remote connection. If it is Any UOWs shunted due to the failure of this
blank, but the connection is remote, the system named connection are to be retried (that is, exchange
in the REMOTESYSTEM field has not been installed, lognames resynchronization for this connection is
and no value was specified for the REMOTESYSNET to be attempted). This process should normally be
option when the connection was defined. started automatically when a connection is
acquired or when a UOW is unshunted.
Servstatus
displays whether the system can receive and send data. Xlnstatus
The values are: displays the status of the exchange lognames (XLN)
process. The values are:
INService
The system is in service; that is, it is available for XOk (appc only)
use. The exchange log names (XLN) process for the
APPC connection has completed successfully.
OUtservice
The system is out of service; that is, it is not XNotdone (APPC only)
available for use. The exchange log names (XLN) flow for the APPC
connection has not completed successfully. The
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a CSMT log can contain information relating to this
different value. state. Synchronization level 2 conversations are
not allowed on the connection, but synchronization
Uowaction (input-only field) levels 0 and 1 are still allowed.
specifies that the normal resynchronization process is to
be partially overridden. The value specifies the type of No status is displayed if exchange log names is not
decision to be taken for any units of work that become applicable. This can be because the link:
in-doubt due to a failure of the connection; the decisions
are recorded and any data inconsistencies are reported Is released
when the connection is next acquired. The values are: Is MRO, LU6.1, or single-session APPC
Backout Does not support synchronization level 2
All UOWs shunted due to the failure of this conversations.
connection are to be backed out.
For information about the APPC exchange log names
COMMit process, see the CICS Intercommunication Guide.
All UOWs shunted due to the failure of this
connection are to be committed.
Tern The terminal identification (four characters padded If no RACF group ID is available for this USERID,
to eight) is used as an authorization ID. An an 8-character field of blanks is passed to DB2 as
authorization ID cannot be obtained in this manner the group ID.
if a terminal is not connected with the transaction.
Csign
If a transaction is started (using a CICS command) The SIGNID parameter of the DB2CONN is used
and has no terminal associated with it, as the resource authorization ID.
AUTHTYPE(TERM) should not be used.
Cterm
Tx The transaction identification (four characters The terminal identification (four characters padded
padded to eight) is used as the authorization ID. to eight) is used as an authorization ID. An
authorization ID cannot be obtained in this manner
Opid
if a terminal is not connected with the transaction.
The user operator identification associated with
the userid, associated with the CICS transaction, If a transaction is started (using a CICS command)
is used as the authorization ID (three characters and has no terminal associated with it,
padded to eight). COMAUTHTYPE(CTERM) should not be used.
Userid Ctx The transaction identification (four characters
The 8-character USERID associated with the padded to eight) is used as the authorization ID.
CICS transaction is used as the authorization ID.
Copid
When the DB2 sample sign-on exit DSN3@SGN The operator identification associated with the
is used with AUTHTYPE(USERID), the exit sends userid that is associated with the CICS transaction
the USERID to DB2 as the primary authorization is used as the authorization ID (three characters
ID and the RACF group ID to DB2 as the padded to eight).
secondary ID. When the sample sign-on exit is
Cuserid
used, there is no difference between
The 8-character USERID associated with the
AUTHTYPE(USERID) and AUTHTYPE(GROUP).
CICS transaction is used as the authorization ID.
Comauthid When the DB2 sample sign-on exit DSN3@SGN
returns an ID to be used for security checking when is used with COMAUTHTYPE(CUSERID), the exit
using command threads. If COMAUTHType is returned, sends the USERID to DB2 as the primary
COMAUTHid is not applicable. authorization ID and the RACF group ID to DB2
as the secondary ID. When the sample sign-on
Comauthtype
exit is used, there is no difference between
returns the type of ID to be used for security checking
COMAUTHTYPE(CUSERID) and
when using command threads. If COMAUTHType is
COMAUTHTYPE(CGROUP).
returned, COMAUTHid is blank. The values are:
Comthreads
Cgroup returns the current number of active command threads.
The 8-character USERID and the connected group
name are used as the authorization ID. The Comthreadlim
following table shows how these two values are returns the current maximum number of command
interpreted by DB2. threads the CICS DB2 attachment allows active before
requests overflow to the pool.
IDs passed to DB2 How DB2 interprets values
Connecterror
CICS sign-on user ID Represents the primary DB2
returns a value when CICS is not connected to DB2
(USERID) authorization ID.
because the adapter is in 'standby mode'. The value
RACF connected If the RACF list of group options shows how this information is to be passed back to an
group name is not active, DB2 uses the application that has issued a SQL request. The values
connected group name supplied
are:
by the CICS attachment facility
as the secondary DB2 Abend
authorization ID. If the RACF list
The application is abended with abend AEY9.
of group options is active, DB2
ignores the connected group Sqlcode
name supplied by the CICS The application receives a -923 SQLCODE.
attachment facility, but the value
appears in the DB2 list of
secondary DB2 authorization
IDs.
Connectst Norelease
returns the status of the CICS DB2 connection. The non-terminal transactions do not release threads
values are: for reuse at intermediate syncpoints.
Connected Plan
CICS is connected to DB2. returns the name of the plan used for the pool. If a plan
name is returned, PLANEXITNAME is blank,
Notconnected
CICS is not connected to DB2. Planexitname
Connecting returns the name of the dynamic plan exit used for pool
CICS is currently attempting to connect to DB2. threads. If a PLANEXITNAME is returned, PLAN is
blank,
Disconning
CICS is currently disconnecting from DB2. Priority
returns the priority of the pool thread subtasks relative to
DB2id
the CICS main task (QR TCB). CVDA values are:
returns the name of the DB2 subsystem that the CICS
DB2 attachment is connected to or is to connect to. High subtasks attain a higher priority than the CICS
main task from which the subtask was generated.
DB2release
returns a four-character value indicating the version and Equal
release level of the DB2 susbsytem CICS is connected subtasks have equal priority with the CICS main
to. When CICS is not connected to DB2, blanks are task.
returned. Low subtasks have a lower priority than the CICS main
task.
Drollback
returns a value showing whether the CICS DB2 Purgecyclem
attachment is to initiate a SYNCPOINT ROLLBACK if a returns in minutes the length of the protected thread
transaction is selected as victim of a deadlock resolution. purge cycle. The range for PURGECYCLEM is 0-59.
The values are:
A protected thread is not terminated immediately when it
Rollback is released. It is terminated only after two completed
the attachment facility issues a sync point rollback purge cycles, if it has not been reused in the meantime.
before returning control to the application. An SQL Hence if the purge cycle is set to 30 seconds after it is
return code of -911 is returned to the program. released, a protected thread will be purged 30 - 60
seconds after it is released. An unprotected thread is
Norollback
terminated when it is released (at syncpoint or end of
the attachment facility does not initiate a rollback
task) if there are no other transactions waiting for a
for a transaction. An SQL return code of -913 is
thread on that DB2ENTRY.
returned to the application.
Purgecycles
Msgqueue1
returns in seconds the length of the protected thread
returns the name of the first transient data destination to
purge cycle. The range for PUrgecycles is 30-59.
which unsolicited messages from the CICS DB2
attachment are sent. A protected thread is not terminated immediately when it
is released. It is terminated only after two completed
Msgqueue2
purge cycles, if it has not been reused in the meantime.
returns the name of the second transient data
Hence if the purge cycle is set to 30 seconds after it is
destination to which unsolicited messages from the CICS
released, a protected thread will be purged 30 - 60
DB2 attachment are sent.
seconds after it is released. An unprotected thread is
Msgqueue3 terminated when it is released (at syncpoint or end of
returns the name of the third transient data destination to task) if there are no other transactions waiting for a
which unsolicited messages from the CICS DB2 thread on that DB2ENTRY.
attachment are sent.
Signid
Nontermrel returns the authorization ID to be used by the CICS DB2
returns a value showing whether non-terminal attachment when signing on to DB2 for pool and DB2
transactions are to release threads for reuse at entry threads specifying AUTHTYPE(SIGNID) and
intermediate syncpoints. CVDA values are: command threads specifying COMAUTHTYPE(CSIGN).
Release Security
non-terminal transactions release threads for has no meaning for INQUIRE. It is supplied to allow
reuse at intermediate syncpoints. overtyping with the REBUILD option, to initiate a CEMT
SET DB2CONN. See SECURITY(REBUILD) on occurred. The transaction must be terminated and
page170. reinitialized before it is allowed to issue another
SQL request.
Standbymode
returns the action to be taken by the CICS DB2 N906D
attachment if DB2 is not active when an attempt is made A transaction dump is taken and the DSNCSQL
to start the connection from CICS to DB2. The values RMI associated with the transaction is not to be
are: disabled. The transaction receives a -906
SQLCODE if another SQL is issued, unless the
Noconnect transaction issues SYNCPOINT ROLLBACK.
The CICS DB2 attachment terminates. SYNCPOINT without the ROLLBACK option
Connect results in an ASP3 or ASP7 abend. The
The CICS DB2 attachment goes into 'standby transaction dump records an abend of AD2S,
mode' to wait for DB2. AD2T or AD2U.
Reconnect N906
The CICS DB2 attachment goes into 'standby The DSNCSQL RMI associated with the
mode' and waits for DB2. Having connected to transaction is not to be disabled. The transaction
DB2, if DB2 subsequently fails the CICS DB2 receives a -906 SQLCODE if another SQL request
attachment reverts again to standby mode and is issued, unless the transaction issues a
subsequently reconnects to DB2 when it comes up SYNCPOINT ROLLBACK. SYNCPOINT without
again. the ROLLBACK option results in an ASP3 or
ASP7 abend.
Statsqueue
returns the transient data destination for CICS DB2 Threadlimit
attachment statistics produced when the CICS DB2 returns the current maximum number of pool threads the
attachment is shutdown. CICS DB2 attachment allows active before requests are
made to wait or are rejected (see THREADWait).
Tcbs
returns the current number of subtask TCBs attached to Threads
service command, pool, and DB2ENTRY threads. returns the current number of active pool threads.
Tcblimit Threadwait
returns the current maximum number of subtasks that returns a value showing whether transactions should
can be identified to DB2. wait for a pool thread or be abended if the number of
active pool threads reaches the threadlimit number. The
Threaderror values are:
returns the processing that is to occur following a create
thread error. The values are: Twait
If all threads are busy, a transaction waits until
Abend one becomes available.
Notwait
| For a second or subsequent SQL error the If all threads are busy, a transaction is terminated
transaction abends with abend code AD2S, AD2T with an abend code AD3T.
or AD2U, dependent on the type of error that
UOW
Figure 57. The expanded display of an individual entry The CICS DB2 attachment facility causes an
accounting record to be produced for each UOW,
assuming that the thread is released at the end of
the UOW.
TAsk
The CICS DB2 attachment facility causes a
minimum of one accounting record for each CICS
task to be produced.
A transaction containing multiple UOWs may use
a different thread for each of its UOWs (assuming
the thread is released at syncpoint). The result
may be an accounting record produced for each
UOW.
TXid The CICS DB2 attachment facility causes an
accounting record to be produced when the
transid using the thread changes.
This option applies to DB2ENTRYs that are used
by more than one transaction ID. As threads are
typically released at syncpoint, a transaction
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER,
an expanded format is displayed as shown in Figure 59. à IN DELE
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Del Int( 12ðððð ) Idl( ð2ðððð )
à inquire db2tran
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Db2tran(DFHTXN\)
Db2entry( DB2ENT2 )
Transid( TXN\ )
DB2Entry
returns the name of the DB2ENTRY to which this 55──CEMT Inquire DEletshipped──────────────────5
DB2TRAN refers. This is the DB2ENTRY with which this
5──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬──5%
additional transaction should be associated. └─IDle(value)─┘ └─INterval(value)─┘
Transid
specifies the transaction ID to be associated with the
entry. The transaction id can include wildcard characters
Displayed fields
(see the CICS Resource Definition Guide for information DEl
about use of wildcard characters). identifies this panel as relating to CICS timeout delete
information.
IDle(value)
displays, in the form “0hhmmss+”, the minimum time
that an inactive shipped terminal definition must remain
installed in this region. When the CICS timeout delete | CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE
mechanism is invoked, only those shipped definitions
that have been inactive for longer than this time are | Function: Retrieves information about a DOCTEMPLATE
deleted.
The time interval can be in the range 00-99 hours; 00-59 | Description: INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE returns
minutes; and 00-59 seconds. | information about any currently installed document template
| names.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value. | Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen, and type
INterval(value) | CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT
displays, in the form “0hhmmss+”, the interval between | I DO). You get a display that lists the names and status of
invocations of the CICS timeout delete mechanism. The | any document templates. Note that you cannot change any
timeout delete mechanism removes any shipped terminal | of the displayed information.
definitions that have not been used for longer than the
| Sample screen
time displayed by the IDLE option.
The time interval can be in the range 00-99 hours; 00-59
minutes; and 00-59 seconds. | à ð
| I DOC
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a | STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Doc(test1 ) Tsq Nam(test1 ) App Ebc
different value. | Tem(test1 )
| SYSID=HA61 APPLID=CICSHA61
| RESPONSE: NORMAL TIME: 15.54.22 DATE: ð9.ð3.98
| PF 1 HELP 3 END 5 VAR 7 SBH 8 SFH 9 MSG 1ð SB 11 SF
| If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
| press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format.
|
| à i doc
ð
| RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Doctemplate(test1)
| Templatetype(Tsqueue)
| Name(test1)
| Appendcrlf(Append)
| Type(Ebcdic)
| Templatename(test1)
| Ddname()
| Dsname()
| Displayed fields
| APPENDCRLF
| returns whether CICS is to delete trailing blanks from
| and append carriage-return line-feed to each logical
| record of the template.
| NAME Input: Press the Clear key and type CEMT INQUIRE DSAS
| returns the name of the location defined in (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT I DSA).
| TEMPLATETYPE.
To change various attributes, you can:
| TEMPLATENAME
Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after
| returns the extended template name by which the
tabbing to the appropriate field (see Figure 64)
| doctemplate is known outside the resource definition
| function. Use the CEMT SET DSAS command.
| MEMBER returns the name of the member in the PDS EDsalimit( ðð2ð97152ð )
ECdsasize( ððð2ð97152 )
| containing the template. ERdsasize( ððð3145728 )
ESdsasize( ðððððððððð )
EUdsasize( ððð1ð48576 )
| PROGRAM returns the name of the program in which
| the template data is stored.
Figure 64. CEMT INQUIRE DSAS screen
| TDQUEUE returns the name of the TD queue in which
| the template is stored.
| TSQUEUE returns the name of the TS queue in which 55──CEMT Inquire DSAs──5%
| the template is stored.
SOSStatus
displays whether CICS is short on storage in any of the
dynamic storage areas. The values are:
NOTSOS
CICS is not short on storage in any of the dynamic
storage areas.
SOS CICS is short on storage in dynamic storage areas
above and below 16MB.
à IN DSN
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Dsn(CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH###.DFHCSD ) Vsa
| Fil(ððð1) Val Bas Sta Ava
| Dsn(CICSTS13.CICS.CICSHT61.FILEA ) Vsa
| Fil(ððð1) Val Bas Sta Ava
displayed. The full set of keywords can be displayed by with blanks on the CEMT display), or discard
moving the cursor to the beginning of a displayed item (in the file definition entirely.
front of the Dsn field) and pressing the ENTER key. You get
If you have a base data set with one or more
a display of all the keyword information for the displayed
alternate indexes, you are unable to remove the
item, as follows:
data set name block for the base until you have
removed all references to the base data set and
all references to paths.
à IN DSN
ð Recovered
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Dsname(CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH###.DFHCSD)
Accessmethod(Vsam) The data set has been restored from a backup
Action( )
Filecount(ððð1) version and forward recovery has run and
Validity(Valid)
Object(Base) completed successfully. CICS normally updates
Recovstatus(Notrecovable)
Backuptype(Static) the backup-while-open (BWO) attributes for the
Frlog()
Availability( Available )
Lostlocks()
base cluster data set BASEDSNAME, using
Retlocks(Noretained)
Uowaction( )
MVS/DFP 3.2 Callable Services.
Basedsname(CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH###.DFHCSD)
Quiescestate( Unquiesced )
Fwdrecovlsn()
If the BWO attributes are not updated after the
restore of a backup copy of a data set that was
taken using BWO, CICS fails a subsequent file
Figure 66. The expanded display of an individual entry open because the data set is marked as
down-level.
Displayed fields Resetlocks (vsam only)
DSName(value) Purges shunted UOW log records for
indicates that this panel relates to an external data set backout-failed and commit-failed UOWs that hold
inquiry and displays the 44-character name of an locks on this data set, and releases the retained
external data set. locks:
Backout-failed UOWs are those that failed
Accessmethod(value)
during backout processing.
displays the access method of the data set. The values
are: Commit-failed UOWs are those that have
updated RLS data sets, and have failed to
VSam release locks during the second phase of
Virtual storage access method (VSAM). 2-phase commit syncpoint processing.
BDam If you specify this option, you are accepting
Basic direct access method (BDAM). backout failure and some loss of data integrity
Action (input only field) rather than retaining locks and delaying
specifies the action to be taken on this data set. The transactions, and therefore it should be used only
values are: as a last resort.
For backout-failed and commit-failed UOWs that
Remove
hold locks on the data set, all records relating to
This option is used when a data set is no longer
this data set are removed from the system log and
required on the local system. It deletes the data
all retained record locks held by this CICS for the
set name block for the named data set. The
data set are released. Diagnostic messages are
REMOVE option can be used only when there are
written to the CSFL transient data queue for each
no file control resource definition entries that refer
backout-failed log record that is removed as a
to the specified data set. If any file definitions refer
result of the RESETLOCKS operation.
to the data set name when you enter SET
DSNAME REMOVE, you receive an error RESETLOCKS applies only to shunted UOW log
message indicating that the use count of the data records that are classed as backout-failed and
set name block is not zero. To ensure that no file commit-failed. Therefore it cannot be issued for a
definitions refer to the data set name: BDAM data set. Backout-failed and commit-failed
log records are not shunted for BDAM data sets.
Close all files that refer to the data set. These
files can be found using the command: You might use RESETLOCKS if backout-failed or
CEMT INQUIRE FILE(\) DSNAME(dsname) commit-failed log records are holding up lost locks
recovery for the data set, and there is no other
Either remove the data set name from each way of resolving them.
file entry (by over-typing the data set name
Notes: VAlid
The data-set name has been validated against the
1. This option does not apply to shunted
VSAM catalog by opening a file against that data
in-doubt UOWs. Try to resolve the shunted
set.
in-doubt UOWs that hold locks on the data set
in other ways before issuing RESETLOCKS; INvalid
for example, by using COMMIT, BACKOUT, The data-set name has not been validated against
or FORCE (see the CEMT SET DSNAME the VSAM catalog by opening a file against that
command for information about these data set.
options).
Object
2. RESETLOCKS can fail during the commit displays the type of the data set. The values are:
phase (for example, if an error occurs while
CICS is trying to release the RLS locks), in Path (VSAM only)
which case the UOWs revert to being shunted This data set is a path leading to another data set.
as commit-failed UOWs. BASE
Retry The named data set is a base data set, as
Specifies that shunted UOW log records, caused opposed to a path data set.
by failed backout and commit processing as a
Recovstatus
result of the failure of this data set, should be
displays the recovery status of the data set. The values
retried. This is similar in operation to the EXEC
are:
CICS RESYNC command, but applies to
backout-failed and commit-failed UOWs only, and FWDRECOVAble
not to in-doubt UOWs. All updates to the data set are logged for both
backout and forward recovery.
You should use RETRY when the data set has
shunted backout- or commit-failed UOWs NOTrecovable
associated with it, and you believe that some or all Updates to the data set are not logged.
of the data set problems are either transient or
This response may also be returned as the result
have been resolved.
of use of the XFCNREC global user exit. A
Messages, issued at the time of a data set failure program enabled at XFCNREC may indicate that
that causes UOWs to be shunted, recommend the file opens should proceed even if there is a
actions that are required to recover from the mismatch in the backout recovery requirements for
failure. different files associated with same data set. In
these circumstances, the data set is marked as
RETRY does not affect data integrity, and can be
NOTRECOVABLE to indicate that its data integrity
used safely at any time to enable some failed
can no longer be guaranteed.
recovery work to complete.
The condition remains until cleared by a CEMT or
FIlecount(value)
EXEC CICS SET DSNAME REMOVE command,
displays information on how many different files are
or by an initial or cold start of CICS (if the
currently associated with this data set. You can
associated data set is not in backout-failed state).
associate a file with a data set by a job control DD
While the data set is in this state, backout logging
statement, or dynamically by a DSNAME parameter on
is performed for a particular request based on the
the file definition. If a file has been associated by a job
specification in the file definition. Therefore
control DD statement, the file name cannot be changed
backout logging may occur for requests via one
by a CEDA command or by a CEMT or EXEC CICS
file and not via another.
SET FILE DSNAME command.
RECOVERAble
FILECOUNT does not show how many files are open
All updates to the data set are logged for backout.
against the data set; it only shows how many files are
associated with the data set. If a file is associated with UNDetermined
a data set and is then closed and associated with a The recovery status of the data set is not known
different data set, the FILECOUNT of the first data set because files accessing the data set have not
decreases by 1, and the FILECOUNT of the second data been opened for output.
set increases by 1.
Backuptype
Validity displays the backup type of the data set. The values are:
displays the validity of the data-set name. The values
Static
are:
The data set is accessed in non-RLS mode and is
not eligible for BWO processing. All the files in this
data set must be closed and the data set
2 Hierarchical storage manager (DFSMShsm) and data set services (DFSMSdss), which perform data set backup and recovery operations,
are components of IBM Data Facility Storage Management Subsystem (DFSMS/MVS) program product.
Switchstatus
Figure 67. CEMT INQUIRE DUMPDS screen displays whether there is to be an automatic switch to
the inactive dump data set when the active dump data
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value set is full. The values are:
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them Autoswitch
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in The switch occurs only when the active dump
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid data set is full, but not subsequently.
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use Noautoswitch
the expanded format when setting one of these When the active dump data set is full, there is not
values, (negating is easier because you are to be an automatic switch to the inactive dump
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing data set.
the result to become non-displayed).
Note: Because this is a ‘negative’ attribute, the
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER, field appears blank. You can, however, tab
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 68. to this field and overtype it with a different
value.
|
| CEMT INQUIRE ENQ
| 55──CEMT Inquire Enq──┬────────────┬───────────5
| └─Uow(value)─┘
| Function: Retrieve information about enqueues held or
| waited on by a UOW, or about UOWs holding or waiting on a | 5──┬────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬───────5
| └─TRansid(value)─┘ └─TAskid(value)─┘
| specified enqueue.
| 5──┬──────────┬──┬─────────────┬───────────────5
| Description: INQUIRE ENQ returns information about the | ├─ACtive───┤ ├─Dataset─────┤
| └─RETained─┘ ├─File────────┤
| enqueues held by a UOW. Enqueues are used by CICS to | ├─EXecenq─────┤
| lock recoverable resources such as file records or queues to | ├─ADdrexecenq─┤
| the UOW that is updating them. User enqueues obtained by | ├─TDq─────────┤
| the EXEC CICS ENQ command are also returned. | └─TSq─────────┘
| 5──┬────────┬──┬─────────────────┬─────────────5
| You can use INQUIRE ENQ to indicate which records and | ├─Owner──┤ └─Netuowid(value)─┘
| queues would be affected if the UOW were forced. | └─Waiter─┘
| 5──┬─────────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬────5
| The transaction also returns information about UOWs that | └─ENqfails(value)─┘ └─RESource(value)─┘
| are waiting on the enqueues. This enables you to diagnose
| 5──┬─────────────┬──┬──────────────────┬───────5
| enqueue deadlocks between tasks wanting to update the | └─RLen(value)─┘ └─QUalifier(value)─┘
| same resources.
| 5──┬─────────────┬──5%
| Enqueues are typically held in active state, which means that | └─QLen(value)─┘
| other tasks are allowed to wait for the enqueue. However, if
| the UOW that owns the enqueue suffers an in-doubt failure,
| Sample screen
| the enqueue is usually converted to the retained state until
| the in-doubt failure can be resolved. INQUIRE ENQ also
| retrieves information about these enqueues and can be used
| to identify which records and queues would be affected if the |
| à INQ ENQ
ð
| STATUS: RESULTS
| UOW were forced. | Enq(AC143ðð1D4A726ð1) Tra(CECI) Tas(ððððð38) Act Exe Own
| Res(ACCOUNTS.DBASE1 ) Rle(ð15) Enq(ðððððððð)
| Enq(AC143ðð1D4A726ð1) Tra(CECI) Tas(ððððð38) Act Add Own
| Notes: | Res(g... ) Rle(ðð4) Enq(ðððððððð)
| ENQFails(value) | RLen(value)
| displays, for enqueues held in retained state, the number | displays the length of the data, in the range 0 through
| of failed enqueue attempts for this resource since the | 255, displayed in the RESOURCE field.
| enqueue was last acquired. This indicates how many | State
| UOWs have received LOCKED responses due to this | displays the state that the enqueue is held in. The
| enqueue. The ENQFAILS option helps you identify | values are:
| which UOWs are causing “bottlenecks.”
| ACtive
| For enqueues held in action state, ENQFAILS displays
| The enqueue is held in active state.
| zero.
| RETained
| ENQScope(value) | The enqueue is held in retained state. Its owning
| If the enqueue has sysplex scope, ENQSCOPE displays | UOW has been shunted, or is in the process of
| the 4-character name which was used to qualify the | being shunted.
| sysplex-wide ENQUEUE request issued by this CICS
| region. If it has region scope, ENQSCOPE displays | TAskid(value)
| blanks. | displays the number of the task associated with the
| UOW. If the UOW is shunted, it is the task number
| All CICS systems with the same ENQSCOPE value
| associated with the UOW before it was shunted.
| share the same sysplex Enqueue name space.
| TRansid(value)
| Netuowid(value)
| displays the 4-character identifier of the transaction
| displays a 27-character string containing the
| associated with the UOW. If the UOW is shunted, it is
| network-wide LU6.2 name of the UOW that owns or is
| the identifier of the transaction associated with the UOW
| waiting for the enqueue.
| before it was shunted.
| Note: Nondisplayable characters appear as periods.
| You can use PF2 on the expanded panel: to see | TYpe
| the value in hexadecimal. | displays the type of resource being enqueued upon. The
| values are:
| QUalifier(value)
| displays a 1- through 255-character qualifier (for | Dataset
| example, record id) that further identifies the resource | The resource is a record in a VSAM data set (or a
| associated with the enqueue lock. The data displayed | CICS-maintained data table). RESOURCE
| depends on the type of enqueue, as shown in Table 2 | contains the name of the data set and QUALIFIER
| on page 82. If no QUALIFIER data applies (that is for | contains the record identifier.
| EXECENQ, ADDREXECENQ, or TSQ), a value of zero | File The resource is a record in either a BDAM file or a
| is displayed. | user-maintained data table. RESOURCE contains
| the name of the file and QUALIFIER contains the
| QLen(value)
| record identifier.
| displays the length of the data, in the range 0 through
| 255, displayed in the QUALIFIER field. | When the file is a BDAM file then the record
| identifier is prefixed by the BDAM block identifier.
| RELation | Note that truncation occurs if this combination
| displays whether the data is associated with the owner | exceeds 255 characters.
| of the enqueue or with a task waiting for the enqueue.
| The values are: | EXecenq
| The resource is associated with an EXEC CICS
| Owner | ENQ request. RESOURCE contains the enqueue
| The (value), NETUOWID, TASKID, and TRANSID | argument passed on the request.
| are those of the owner of the enqueue.
| ADdrexecenq
| Waiter | The resource is associated with an EXEC CICS
| The (value), NETUOWID, TASKID, and TRANSID | ENQ request. RESOURCE contains the address
| are those of a waiter for the enqueue. | enqueue argument passed on the request (that is,
| the LENGTH parameter was omitted on the
| RESource(value)
| request)
| displays a 1- through 255-character string containing the
| name of the resource associated with the enqueue lock.
| Displayed fields
| ENQMODEL
| The 8-character identifier of the resource definition
| ENQSCOPE
| Returns the 4-character name used to qualify SYSPLEX
| ENQUEUE requests issued by this CICS region. Four
| blanks indicates that the ENQ is LOCAL.
| ENQNAME
| The 1 - 255 character resource or generic name.
| EXEC ENQ requests issued by this CICS region are
| checked against this resource or generic name. If a
| match is found, and enqscope was specified, the
| enqueue is to be sysplex-wide, qualified by the
| 4-character enqscope.
Sample screen
à INQ EXCI
ð
STATUS: RESULTS
Exc(HADBS1..CICSWK1 - MV29 ) Tas(ðððð121)
| Exc(AHCLN2..TRNSL 1 - MV29 ) Tas(ðððð125)
| Uri(B 67B1F77EB7D 21 1 1 )
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
in Figure 73.
à INQ EXCI
ð
RESULT
Exc(HADBS1..CICSWK1 - MV29 ) Tas(ðððð121)
Task(ðððð121)
Displayed fields
Task(value)
displays the task number of the mirror transaction
running on behalf of a specific batch job.
Information about jobs using the external CICS interface
is available only after that job has issued at least one
DPL request. A nonzero task number indicates that a
DPL request is currently active. A zero task number
indicates that an external CICS interface session is still
open (connected) for that job, although no DPL request
is currently active.
| Urid(value)
| displays, when the job is using RRMS to coordinate
| updates, and when there is an active DPL request for
| the session, a 32-character string containing the
| hexadecimal representation of the RRMS Unit of
| Recovery Identifier.
(value)
specifies one or more names (1-8 characters) of files
defined to CICS.
ALl
is the default. Information about all files is given, unless
you specify a selection of files to be queried.
Sample screen
à IN FILE
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Fil(DFHCMACD) Vsa Ope Ena Rea Sha
Dsn( CICSTS13.CICS.DFHCMACD )
Fil(DFHCSD ) Vsa Clo Une Rea Upd Add Bro Del Sha
Dsn( CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH.DFHCSD )
| Fil(DFHDBFK ) Vsa Clo Ena Rea Upd Add Bro Del Sha
| Fil(DFHLRQ ) Vsa Ope Ena Rea Upd Add Bro Del Sha
| Dsn( CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH.DFHLRQ )
Fil(FILEA ) Vsa Clo Ena Rea Upd Add Bro Del Sha
| Dsn( CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH.FILEA ) Cft Loa
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid different value.
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use
| CFDtpool(name)
the expanded format when setting one of these
| displays, for a file that refers to a coupling facility data
values, (negating is easier because you are
| table, the 8-character name of the coupling facility data
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing
| table pool in which the CFDT resides.
the result to become non-displayed).
| If the pool name is not defined, the name is displayed as
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and | 8 blanks. If the pool name is specified, it is always
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown | displayed even if the file definition does not refer to a
in Figure 75. | coupling facility data table.
Deletestatus
displays whether you can delete records from the file.
à INQ FILE
ð The values are:
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
File(DFHCSD)
Accessmethod(Vsam)
Openstatus( Closed ) DElete
Enablestatus( Unenabled )
Readstatus( Read ) You can delete records from the file.
Updatestatus( Update )
Addstatus( Addable )
Browsestatus( Browse ) NODelete
Deletestatus( Delete )
Exclstatus(
Disposition( Share )
) You cannot delete records from the file.
Rlsaccess( Notrls )
Emptystatus( Noemptyreq )
Dsname( CICSTS13.CICS.CICSH.DFHCSD
Table( Nottable )
)
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Loadtype( Noload )
Cfdtpool( ) different value.
+ Tablename( )
Updatemodel( )
Maxnumrecs( ðððððððð ) Disposition
Keylength( ððð )
Recordsize( ððððð ) displays the disposition of this file. The values are:
It is not possible to disable a remote file. | 1. If the file resource definition specifies a
| MAXNUMRECS numeric value, even though the
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with | object is not a table (NOTTABLE is displayed on the
Enabled or Disabled. | TABLE option), CICS displays the specified value.
| The value can be in the range 1 through
Exclstatus (BDAM only)
| 99 999 999.
displays whether records on this file are to be placed
under exclusive control when a read for update is | 2. If the file resource definition is specified with
issued. The values are: | MAXNUMRECS(NOLIMIT), meaning the number of
| records is unlimited, CICS displays a value of zero.
EXclusive | (Internally, CICS holds NOLIMIT as the maximum
Records on the file are protected from | positive fullword value (+2147483647 or
simultaneous update. | X'7FFFFFFF').
NOEXclusive | 3. If the file is remote, CICS displays a value of minus
Records on the file are not protected from | 1 (-1).
simultaneous update.
| 4. If the object is a coupling facility data table:
FIle(value)
| The maximum number of records can be
indicates that this panel relates to a file inquiry and
| altered by a coupling facility data table server
displays an 8-character file name.
| command, leaving the file definition
| Keylength(value) | MAXNUMRECS value unchanged. CICS
| displays the length of the record key for a file associated | displays the value in the file definition until the
| with a VSAM KSDS or a file associated with a coupling | file is opened, after which CICS displays the
| facility data table. If the file is associated with a BDAM | actual MAXNUMRECS value defined to the
| data set, the value is the length of the logical key used | server.
| for deblocking.
| If the value is changed again by a coupling Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| facility data table server command, CICS different value.
| obtains and displays the new value only after a
| RECordsize(value)
| file control operation on the table. Until then,
| displays the actual size of fixed-length records, or the
| CICS continues to display the old value.
| maximum size of variable-length records.
| You can use the server DISPLAY TABLE
| If the file is not open, CICS displays the value specified
| console command to obtain the current value
| in the installed file definition. If the file definition does not
| for a coupling facility data table.
| specify a record size, CICS displays a zero value.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a | Generally, if a file is open, CICS obtains the record size
different value. The new value takes effect only | from the associated data set, in which case CICS
when a new data table is created (which | displays the value from the data set. However, files that
happens on each file open for a | refer to coupling facility data tables defined with
CICS-maintained or user-maintained data table, | LOAD(NO) must get their record size from the file
but only when the table does not already exist for | definition, in which case CICS returns the defined value
a CF data table). | when the file is open. This value must also match that of
| the coupling facility data table if it has already been
Openstatus
| created.
displays the open status of the file. The values are:
OPen
Rlsaccess (VSAM only)
The file is open. If the file is OPEN ENABLED, it is
displays whether the file is defined to be accessed in
available for data accesses by CICS transactions.
RLS mode. The values are:
If it is OPEN DISABLED, it must first be enabled
before it is available. RLs The file is defined to be accessed in RLS mode.
CLosed NOTRls
The file is closed; the access method does not The file is defined to be accessed in a non-RLS
allow accesses to the data until the file is opened. mode (LSR or NSR)
The file can be opened either explicitly by the user
or, if the file has the ENABLED attribute, implicitly Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
by CICS on the next reference to the file. different value.
A file with the DISABLED attribute can be enabled Table
only by a SET FILE ENABLED command. A file displays whether the file name specified on the FILE
with the UNENABLED attribute can be enabled by parameter represents a data table. The values are:
a SET FILE ENABLED command or SET FILE
OPEN command. NOTTable
The file name does not represent a data table.
The CLOSED status may be a temporary status
for a file that has just come out of LOADMODE | CFTABLE
status. | The file name represents a coupling facility data
| table.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with one CICSTABLE
of the above Openstatus values, or with: The file name represents a CICS-maintained data
table.
Forceclose
Specifies that the file is to be closed, and USERTABLE
the tasks of any existing users of the file The file name represents a user-maintained data
are to be abended. table.
à IN GTFTRA
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Gtf Sto
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER,
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 77.
à IN GTFT
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Gtftrace
Status( Stop )
Displayed fields
Gtftrace
indicates that this panel relates to a GTFTRACE inquiry.
STArt
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is in progress.
STOpped
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is not in progress.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Sample screen
à IN INTTRA
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Int Sta
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER,
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 79.
à IN INTT
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Inttrace
Status( Start )
Displayed fields
INttrace
indicates that this panel relates to an INTTRACE inquiry.
STArt
CICS internal tracing is in progress.
STOpped
CICS internal tracing is not in progress.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
Function: Retrieve information about journal models and in Figure 82.
log stream names.
Input: Press the CLEAR key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT I JM). You get a display that lists the current Figure 82. The expanded display of an individual entry
status.
Displayed fields
Type CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL (CEMT I JM) followed by as
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the JModel(value)
range of information that you require. So, for example, if indicates that this panel relates to a journal model
you enter cemt i jm sm, the resulting display will show inquiry and displays the 8–character name of an
you the details of only those journal models that are of installed journal model.
SMF log stream type.
Journalname
displays the 8–character journal name, which can be a
┌─All─────┐ specific or a generic name, for which this journal model
55──CEMT Inquire JModel──┼─────────┼───────────5 can be used.
└─(value)─┘
STreamname
5──┬────────────────────┬──┬───────┬───────────5 displays the MVS log stream name (LSN) associated
└─(Journalnamevalue)─┘ ├─Mvs───┤
├─SMf───┤ with this journal model. The name can be a specific
└─Dummy─┘ | LSN, or a template using any 3 of the 4 symbols
5──┬───────────────────┬──5% | &USERID, &APPLID, &JNAME and &SYSID.
└─STreamname(value)─┘ An LSN or template can be up to 26 characters in
length.
(value) Type
specifies one or more journal models. displays the log stream type. The possible types are:
All is the default. Mvs Records for journals defined with this journal
model are written to an MVS log stream.
Sample screen
SMf Records for journals defined with this journal
model are written to the MVS SMF data set.
à ð Dummy
IN JMODE
STATUS: RESULTS Records for journals defined with this journal
Jmo(DFHJð2 ) Jou(DFHJð2 ) Mvs
Str(BELL.TESTLOG.FWDRECOV ) model are not written to any log stream.
Jmo(DFHLOG ) Jou(DFHLOG ) Mvs
Str(&USERID..&APPLID..&JNAME. )
Jmo(DFHSHUNT) Jou(DFHSHUNT) Mvs
Str(&USERID..&APPLID..&JNAME. )
For information on changing JMODEL definitions, see the
CICS Resource Definition Guide.
CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME Note: Blank fields on the screen indicate that a value does
not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, it begins with ‘No’.
Function: Show the status of the CICS system log and
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list,
general logs.
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 84.
Description: The INQUIRE JOURNALNAME command
enables you to inquire on the status of the CICS system log
and general logs. It replaces the INQUIRE JOURNALNUM à IN JOUR
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
command. Journalname(DFHLOG)
Type(Smf)
Status( Enabled )
Input: Press the CLEAR key to clear the screen. There are Action( )
Streamname(CICSHT##.CICSHTA1.DFHLOG)
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME (the minimum
abbreviation is CEMT I JO). You get a display that lists Figure 84. The expanded display
the current status.
Type CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME (CEMT I JO) followed by
Displayed fields
as many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit Action(value)
the range of information that you require. So, for specifies the action you want CICS to take for the
example, if you enter cemt i jo sm, the resulting display specified journal name. The values are:
will show you the details of only those logs that are of
SMF log stream type. Flush
The log buffers are written out to the log stream
Input but the journal is not closed.
You can use this option to ensure that all current
records are written out to the log stream before
┌─All─────┐
55──CEMT Inquire JOurnalname──┴─(value)─┴──────5 the stream is processed using a batch utility.
5──┬───────┬──┬──────────┬─────────────────────5 Reset
├─Mvs───┤ ├─Enabled──┤ The journal is disabled but can be reenabled by
├─SMf───┤ ├─DIsabled─┤ the SET JOURNALNAME RESET command.
└─DUmmy─┘ └─FAiled───┘
5──┬───────────────────┬──5% JOurnalname(value)
└─STreamname(value)─┘ indicates that this panel relates to a journal name inquiry
and displays a 1– to 8–character journal name.
(value) Status
specifies one or more journal names. displays the status of the journal. The possible values
are:
To inquire on journals defined with a numeric identifier in
the range 1–99, specify journal name DFHJnn, where nn Enabled
is the journal number. The journal is installed and available for use.
To inquire on the system log, specify DFHLOG. DIsabled
The journal has been disabled by a CEMT, or
To inquire on the log-of-logs, specify DFHLGLOG.
EXEC CICS, SET JOURNALNAME(...) command.
All is the default. It cannot be used until it is re-enabled by the
STATUS(ENABLED) or ACTION(RESET) options
Sample screen on a SET JOURNALNAME command.
FAiled
The journal has experienced a log stream failure.
à IN JOUR
ð It cannot be used until it is re-enabled by the
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Journaln(DFHJð2 ) Smf Ena STATUS(ENABLED) or ACTION(RESET) options
Journaln(DFHLGLOG) Mvs Ena
Str(CICSHT##.CICSHTA1.DFHLGLOG ) on a a SET JOURNALNAME command, or until
Journaln(DFHLOG ) Mvs Ena
Str(CICSHT##.CICSHTA1.DFHLOG ) following the next CICS restart. The log stream
Journaln(DFHSHUNT) Mvs Ena
Str(CICSHT##.CICSHTA1.DFHSHUNT ) should be deleted from the MVS system logger
inventory before being used again.
Figure 83. CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME screen Note: You can reset STATUS with ENABLED or
DISABLED.
Sample screen
à INQ LINE(TTT1)
ð
STATUS: RESULTS
Lin(TTT1) Neg( ððð8ð ) Ins
(value)
specifies one or more names (1-8 characters) of a group
of sessions.
ALl
is the default.
Sample screen
à I MODE
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Mod(SNASVCMG) Con(C ) Max(ðð2) Ava( ððð ) Act(ððð)
Mod(MODE1 ) Con(C ) Max(ðð1) Ava( ððð ) Act(ððð)
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value Closed
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value CICS releases all sessions within the group. The
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them sessions are quiesced and unbound. No further
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in sessions can be acquired by another CICS
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid system. No further activity is possible on the
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use sessions within the group until the group is
the expanded format when setting one of these reacquired by the same CICS system in which it
values, (negating is easier because you are has been closed.
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing
ACTive(value)
the result to become non-displayed).
displays the number of sessions within the group (or
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list, “modename”) that are currently in use (“bound”).
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 88.
AVailable(value)
displays the currently negotiated number of sessions
within the group that can be allocated for use at one
à I MODE
ð time.
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Modename(MODE1)
Connection( C ) Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Maximum(ðð1)
Available( ððð ) different value.
Active(ððð)
Acqstatus( )
COnnection(value)
displays the 4-character identifier of the remote system
Figure 88. The expanded display with which this group of IRC or ISC sessions is
connected.
Displayed fields
Maximum(value)
Acqstatus (input only field) displays the maximum number of sessions that are
specifies the acquisition status of sessions. The values supported at one time within this group of sessions, in
are: the range 0–999.
Acquired MODename(value)
CICS should acquire (or “bind”) all the negotiated indicates that this panel relates to a MODENAME inquiry
contention-winner sessions within the group. and displays one or more names (1-8 characters) of a
group of sessions.
Eventclass
displays whether the SYSEVENT class of monitoring
à IN MONITOR
ð data is being collected. The values are:
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Mon Off Fre( ðððððð ) Gmt Sub(IYAH)
Event
SYSEVENT-class monitoring data is being
collected.
Figure 89. CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR screen
Note: There are implications with using the Event
class of monitoring and MVS 5.1 WLM. For
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value
information, see the CICS Performance
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them
Guide.
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in Noevent
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid SYSEVENT-class monitoring data is not being
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use collected.
the expanded format when setting one of these
values, (negating is easier because you are Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing different value.
the result to become non-displayed).
Exceptclass
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER, displays whether the exception class of monitoring data
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 90. is being collected. The values are:
Except
Exception-class monitoring data is being collected.
à IN MON
ð Noexcept
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Monitor
Status( Off ) Exception-class monitoring data is not being
Perfclass( Noperf )
Eventclass( Noevent ) collected.
Exceptclass( Noexcept )
Conversest( Noconverse )
Syncpointst( Nosyncpoint )
Frequency( ðððððð ) Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Time(Gmt)
Subsystemid(CICS) different value.
Frequency(value)
Figure 90. The expanded display displays the interval for which monitoring automatically
produces a transaction performance class record for any
long-running transaction that has been in the system for
55──CEMT Inquire MONitor──┬───────┬────────────5
├─Gmt───┤ a greater time than the interval. FREQUENCY values
└─Local─┘ can be either 000000 (meaning that FREQUENCY
5──┬────────────────────┬──5% monitoring is inactive), or in the range 001500–240000.
└─SUbsystemid(value)─┘ Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Perfclass Syncpointst
displays whether the performance class of monitoring displays whether a transaction performance class record
data is being collected. The values are: is produced when a transaction takes an explicit or
implicit syncpoint (unit-of-work), except when the
Perf Performance-class monitoring data is being
syncpoint is part of task termination or a syncpoint
collected.
rollback. The values are:
Noperf
Syncpoint
Performance-class monitoring data is not being
A transaction performance class record will be
collected.
produced.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a Nosyncpoint
different value. A transaction performance class record will not be
produced.
Status
displays whether monitoring is active. The values are:
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
On Monitoring data is accumulated continuously, and different value.
is collected (written out to an SMF data set) for
Time
each of the classes of monitoring data that is
displays whether the time stamp fields in the
active.
performance class monitoring data are returned in GMT
Off No monitoring data is accumulated or collected, or local time to an application using the EXEC CICS
irrespective of the settings of the monitoring data COLLECT STATISTICS MONITORING(taskno)
classes. command. The values are:
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value
two ways of commencing this transaction: does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value
Type CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME (the minimum abbreviation begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them
is CEMT I N). You get a display that lists the current by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in
status. the expanded format), and overtype with input valid
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use
Type CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME (CEMT I N) followed by as the expanded format when setting one of these
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the values, (negating is easier because you are
range of information that you require. So, for example, if overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing
you enter cemt i n ins ati, the resulting display will the result to become non-displayed).
show you the details of only those netnames that are in
service and available for use. If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
overtype them with the required values. in Figure 92.
┌─ALl─────┐
55──CEMT Inquire Netname──┼─────────┼──────────5
à IN NET
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
└─(value)─┘ Netname(IG2S944D)
Transaction(CEMT)
Priority( ððð )
5──┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────5 Pagestatus( Pageable )
Servstatus( Inservice )
└─TRansaction(value)─┘ Atistatus( Ati )
Ttistatus( Tti )
Nature(Local)
5──┬─────────────────┬──┬──────────────┬───────5 Purgetype( )
└─PRiority(value)─┘ ├─PAgeable─────┤ Terminal(944D)
Termstatus( Acquired )
└─AUtopageable─┘ Createsess( Nocreate )
Task(ððð33)
Remotesystem()
5──┬────────────┬──┬───────┬──┬───────┬────────5 Rname()
├─Inservice──┤ ├─ATi───┤ ├─TTi───┤ Rnetname()
Cid()
└─Outservice─┘ └─NOAti─┘ └─NOTti─┘
5──┬───────────┬──┬─────────────────┬──────────5
├─RTerminal─┤ └─TErminal(value)─┘ Figure 92. The expanded display of an individual entry
├─RSession──┤
├─Session───┤
└─Local─────┘ Displayed fields
5──┬──────────┬──┬──────────┬──────────────────5 Atistatus
├─ACquired─┤ ├─CReate───┤ displays whether the terminal is available for use by
├─COldacq──┤ └─NOCreate─┘ transactions that are automatically initiated from within
└─RELeased─┘
CICS or, if the terminal is an ISC session, by
5──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────────────────┬────5 transactions that are using this session as an alternate
└─TAsk(value)─┘ └─REMotesystem(value)─┘
facility to communicate with another system. The values
5──┬──────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬───────5 are:
└─RNAme(value)─┘ └─RNEtname(value)─┘
5──┬────────────┬───┬────────┬───5% ATi The terminal is available for use.
└─CId(value)─┘ └─Userid─┘ NOAti
The terminal is not available for use.
(value)
Notes:
specifies an 8-character network name.
1. You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
ALl
different value.
is the default.
2. A terminal cannot be defined with both NOATI and
Sample screen NOTTI.
CId(value) Session
displays an 8-character correlation-identifier that is set The terminal is an ISC or IRC session.
only for sessions, and only after a session has been
Local
acquired. (The value relates to the previously acquired
The terminal is directly attached to this system
session if there was one, if the session is not acquired).
and is a physical device or a function of a cluster
CID is set as follows:
controller.
For LU6.2 sessions, it is an 8-character
Netname(value)
hexadecimal token which is common to the two end
indicates that this panel relates to a NETNAME inquiry
sessions that are connected together.
and displays an 8-character network name.
For MRO sessions, it is set to the termid of the
For a physical terminal, the Netname is the name by
session on the system to which this session is
which this terminal is known to VTAM.
connected.
For ISC sessions, the Netname is the name by
For LU6.1 sessions to IMS, it is set to the value of
which the session (or group of sessions) is known to
NETNAMEQ as defined or negotiated.
VTAM.
For other LU6.1 sessions, it is set to the value
For IRC sessions, the Netname is the name used
supplied by the other end of the 6.1 session.
by the connected region to logon to the interregion
Using CID, you can relate the two parts of an LU6.2, communication program (DFHIRP).
MRO, or LU61 conversation together:
For EXCI sessions, the Netname is DFHGEN for
For LU6.2, you can inquire on the same CID. generic sessions and, for specific sessions, it is the
For MRO, you can locate the session with the value of the user_name parameter used in the EXCI
terminal name. INITIALISE_USER call.
For LU6.1 to IMS, you can inquire on the netname. When an inquiry is made on DFHGEN, the name is
For other LU6.1, you can use the name to inquire an 8-character field with a leading and trailing blank
on the connected system. (' DFHGEN '). The name must be enclosed in
quotes and include the blanks, so you enter the
Createsess (vtam only)
command on the screen as follows:
displays whether the terminal can be acquired
automatically by ATI transactions. This cannot be CEMT INQ NETNAME(' DFHGEN ')
specified for IRC sessions. The values are: For remote devices, the Netname is the name by
which the device is known to the VTAM in the
CReate owning region.
If the terminal is not in session, CICS acquires it if Pagestatus
it is needed to satisfy an ATI request. displays whether pages after the first in a series are
NOCreate written to the terminal on request from the operator or
If the terminal is not in session, CICS does not automatically. The values are:
acquire it to satisfy an ATI request. A session
PAgeable
must be started by, for example, a logon request
Pages are written on request.
or a CEMT SET TERMINAL ACQUIRED
command before the ATI request can be satisfied. AUtopageable
Pages are written automatically.
If NOCREATE is set for an LU6.1 ISC session and
there are no allocatable sessions left, the
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
connection is placed OUTSERVICE.
different value.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a PRiority(value)
different value. displays a 3-character string indicating the priority of this
terminal relative to other terminals. The priority of a task
Nature
is the sum of the transaction priority, the terminal priority,
displays the nature of the terminal—that is, whether it is
and the operator priority. Priority has no meaning for
a physical device or a session, and whether it is local or
terminals that are ISC sessions being used as
remote. The values are:
alternative facilities. The value is in the range 0–255,
RTerminal where 255 is the highest priority.
The terminal is owned by another CICS region. Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
RSession different value.
The terminal is a session of a connection that is
owned by another CICS region.
Purgetype (input only field) For IRC sessions, OUTSERVICE means that the
specifies whether the transactions running with the connection to the MRO partner is OUTSERVICE.
named terminal are to be purged. The values are:
In an LU6.1 ISC session, the connection is set
PUrge OUTSERVICE if there are no allocatable sessions
Transactions are to be terminated only if system left.
and data integrity can be maintained. A
transaction is to be purged if its definition specifies Note: For physical terminals and LU6.1 sessions, you
SPURGE=NO. can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Forcepurge
Transactions are to be purged immediately. This TAsk(value)
can lead to unpredictable results and should be displays the task number of the transaction that is
used only in exceptional circumstances. running on this terminal.
REMotesystem(value) TErminal(value)
displays the 4-character name of a connection, if the displays a 4-character terminal identifier (1-4 characters)
subject of the inquiry is a remote terminal. The named as specified in an installed terminal definition.
connection can be either a connection entry that links
Termstatus (vtam only)
towards the terminal-owning region (TOR), or an indirect
displays whether CICS is in session with the logical unit
connection that provides the netname of the TOR.
represented by this terminal. The values are:
Otherwise this field is blank.
ACquired
RNAme(value) CICS is in session with the logical unit
displays the 4-character name by which this terminal is represented by the terminal.
known in the system in which it is defined (the TOR).
RELeased
RNAME applies only to terminals defined as remote; for
CICS is not in session with the logical unit
others, blanks are displayed.
represented by the terminal. If you set this option
RNEtname(value) to RELEASED, a session is terminated
displays the 8-character netname of the owning TOR, if immediately if you also specify the PURGE option,
the subject of the inquiry is a remote terminal. If this field otherwise the session is terminated when the
is blank and the terminal is remote, the system named current active transaction finishes.
in the REMOTESYSTEM field has not been installed,
and no value was specified for the REMOTESYSNET Note: For physical terminals and LU6.1 sessions, you
option when the terminal was defined. can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value or with:
Servstatus
displays whether the terminal is available for use. The COldacq
values are: This is a special form of ACQUIRED,
where no resynchronization is required. If
Inservice
the previous session abended, the use of
The terminal is available for use. For VTAM,
COLDACQ overrides CICS integrity
INSERVICE means that the terminal can be
control. This could lead to integrity
ACQUIRED. For IRC sessions, INSERVICE
problems. Also, you should check the
means that the connection to the MRO partner is
CSMT log for an activity keypoint after the
INSERVICE.
restart of a session following a CICS
Outservice failure. If there is no activity keypoint, you
The terminal is not available for use. Setting a should issue COLDACQ again after the
terminal OUTSERVICE means that the terminal next emergency restart.
can no longer be used by transactions. If PURGE
or FORCEPURGE is also specified, any TRansaction(value)
transaction using the terminal is terminated displays a 4-character string indicating the name of the
abnormally. If PURGE or FORCEPURGE is not transaction currently being processed with this terminal
specified, the transaction is allowed to terminate as its principal facility or as a secondary facility.
normally, but no further transactions are allowed to
use the terminal. For VTAM, setting a terminal Ttistatus
OUTSERVICE also causes it to be released and displays whether the terminal can be used by the
the operator to be signed off, either immediately or transactions that are initiated from this terminal. The
when the current transaction has terminated. values are:
┌─All─────┐
55──CEMT Inquire PArtner──┼─────────┼──────────5
└─(value)─┘
5──┬────────────────┬──┬────────────────┬──────5
└─NETWork(value)─┘ └─NETName(value)─┘
5──┬────────────────┬──┬────────────────┬──────5
└─Profile(value)─┘ └─Ltpname(value)─┘
5──┬───────────────┬──5%
└─Tpname(value)─┘
(value)
specifies the 8-character partner name as specified in
the installed partner definition.
Sample screen
à I PART
ð
STATUS: RESULTS
Par(IST1ISC2) Netn(IYMVM2 ) Pro(DFHCICSA)
Ltp(ð4) Tpn(IST1 )
Par(IST2ISC2) Netn(IYMVM2 ) Pro(DFHCICSA)
Ltp(ð4) Tpn(IST2 )
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
in Figure 94 on page 103.
Ltpname(value) | Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
displays the length of the name of the remote | two ways of commencing this transaction:
transaction program (TPNAME), in bytes.
| Type CEMT INQUIRE PROCESSTYPE (the minimum
NETName(value) | abbreviation is CEMT I PROC). You get a screen that lists
displays the 8-character name of the node at which the | the current status.
partner is located. | Type CEMT INQUIRE PROCESSTYPE (CEMT I PROC) followed
NETWork(value) | by as many of the other attributes as are necessary to
displays the 8-character name of the network in which | limit the range of information that you require. So, for
the partner is located. | example, if you enter cemt i proc en, the resulting
| display will show you the details of only those
PArtner(value) | process-types that are enabled.
indicates that this panel relates to a PARTNER inquiry
and displays the 8-character partner name as specified | To change various attributes, you can:
in the installed partner definition. | Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after
Profile(value) | tabbing to the appropriate field.
displays the 8-character name of the CICS profile | Use the CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE command.
associated with the partner.
|
Tpname(value) | ┌─ALl─────┐
displays the 64-character name of the remote | 55──CEMT Inquire PROCesstype──┼─────────┼──────5
transaction program. | └─(value)─┘
Note: Nondisplayable characters appear as periods. | 5──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬────────5
You can use the PF2 key on the expanded panel | └─FIle(value)─┘ └─AUditlog(value)─┘
to see the hexadecimal value. | 5──┬──────────┬──┬──────────┬──5%
| ├─ACtivity─┤ ├─Enabled──┤
| ├─FUll─────┤ └─Disabled─┘
| ├─Off──────┤
| └─Process──┘
| ALl
| is the default. Information about all process-types is
| displayed, unless you specify a selection of
| process-types to be queried.
| (value)
| is the name (1-8 characters) of one or more
| PROCESSTYPE definitions installed in the process-type
| table (PTT).
| Sample screen
| Enablestatus
|
| à I PROC
ð | displays whether new processes of this type can be
| STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Processtype(SALESTYPE4 ) | created. The values are:
| File(SALESF4 )
| Enablestatus( Enabled )
| Auditlog(PLOG51 ) | Disabled
| Auditlevel(Activity )
| The installed definition of the process-type is
| disabled. New processes of this type cannot be
| Figure 96. The expanded display of an individual entry | defined.
| Displayed fields | Enabled
| The installed definition of the process-type is
| Auditlevel | enabled. New processes of this type can be
| displays the level of audit logging currently active for | defined.
| processes of this type. The values are:
| FIle(value)
| ACtivity | displays the 8-character name of the CICS repository file
| Activity-level auditing. Audit records are written | on which the process and activity records for processes
| from: | of this type are stored.
| 1. The process audit points
| PROCesstype(value)
| 2. The activity primary audit points.
| indicates that this panel relates to a PROCESSTYPE
| FUll Full auditing. Audit records are written from: | inquiry and displays the 8-character name of a
| 1. The process audit points | process-type.
| 2. The activity primary and secondary audit
| points.
Sample screen
à IN PROFILE
ð
STATUS: RESULTS
Prof(DFHCICSA)
Prof(DFHCICSE)
Prof(DFHCICSF)
Prof(DFHCICSR)
Prof(DFHCICSS)
Prof(DFHCICST)
Prof(DFHCICSV)
Displayed fields
PROFile(value)
indicates that this panel relates to a PROFILE inquiry
and displays the 8-character name of a profile installed
in your system.
ALl
is the default. Figure 99. The expanded display of an individual entry (first panel)
CLass(value)
is the 2-character suffix of a program list table (PLT). | à ð
Use this option to inquire on those programs defined in | IN PROG
| RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
the specified PLT. Note that, unlike a shutdown PLT, it is | Program(DFH$AALL)
| Jvmdebug( Nodebug )
| Jvmclass( )
not mandatory to define a program definition for a | Jvmclass( )
| Jvmclass( )
startup PLT. However, if you want to use the CLASS | Jvmclass( )
| Jvmclass( )
option, you must define and install a program resource
definition for the PLT specified by “clasid”.
If the clasid specified is the suffix of a PLT that does not | Figure 100. The expanded display of an individual entry (second
have a program definition, the INQUIRE PROGRAM | panel)
Executionset | NOTAPplic
displays whether the program is restricted to the API | The language was not specified in the resource
subset as for a distributed program link request. The | definition, and has not been loaded.
values are: NOTDEfined
The language in which the program has been
DPlsubset
written is not defined.
The program is restricted to the DPL API subset,
as for a distributed program link request, when it LENgth(value)
runs in the local CICS region. displays the size of the program in bytes. The value
A program is always restricted to the DPL subset returned is 0000000 if the program has not been loaded
when it is invoked in a remote region via a DPL | during this CICS run. No value is returned if the module
request, even if this option is not specified. | is a remote program or a JVM program.
Fullapi PROGram(value)
The program is not restricted to the DPL subset of indicates that this panel relates to a PROGRAM inquiry
the CICS API when it runs in the local CICS and displays an 8-character program identifier (1–8
region, and can use the full API. characters), which is the name of a specific program
entry in the table of installed program definitions.
A program is always restricted to the DPL subset
when it is invoked in a remote region via a DPL Progtype
request, regardless of this option. displays the type of program. The values are:
REScount(value) PRIvate
displays a 3-character string identifying the number of The next new copy of the program is to be loaded
separate invocations of this program that are taking from the DFHRPL library.
| place at the time of this inquiry. No value is returned if
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| the module is a remote program or a JVM program.
different value.
| RUNTIME
Status
| displays information about the runtime environment of
displays whether the program is available for use. The
| the program. The values are:
values are:
| Jvm The program in a JAVA program running under
Enabled
| the control of a JVM.
The program is available for use.
| LE370
DIsabled
| The program is running with LE370 runtime
The program is not available for use.
| support.
Note: Programs beginning with “DFH” cannot be
| NONLE370
disabled because these characters are
| The program is running with language-specific
reserved for use by CICS.
| runtime support.
| UNknown Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| The runtime environment in unknown because the different value.
| program has not been loaded by CICS, therefore
USecount(value)
| the source language cannot be deduced, which
displays a 10-character string identifying the total
| dictates the runtime environment to be used.
number of times the program has been executed since
Sharestatus | the start of the current CICS session. No value is
displays, when the next NEWCOPY or PHASEIN | returned if the module is a remote program, or a JVM
request is received, where the next new copy of the | program.
program is to be loaded from.
|
| à ð |
| à IN RRMS
ð
|
I RE
| STATUS: RESULTS
|
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Req(DFHGFACT) Omgm(com::ibm::CosLifeCycle ) | Rrm Ope
| Omgi(GenericFactory )
| SYSID=HA61 APPLID=CICSHA61
| Figure 103. CEMT INQUIRE RRMS screen
| RESPONSE: NORMAL TIME: 15.54.22 DATE: ð9.ð3.98
| PF 1 HELP 3 END 5 VAR 7 SBH 8 SFH 9 MSG 1ð SB 11 SF
|
| Figure 101. CEMT INQUIRE REQUESTMODEL screen | 55──CEMT Inquire Rrms──5%
| If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
| press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format. | Displayed fields
| Closed
| à ð | indicates that CICS will not accept inbound transactional
| I RE
| RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY | EXCI work.
| Requestmodel(DFHGFACT)
| Omgmodule(com::ibm::CosLifeCycle)
| Omginterface(GenericFactory) | Open
| Omgoperation(\)
| Transid(CIOF) | indicates that CICS will accept inbound transactional
| EXCI work.
| Displayed fields
| REQUESTMODEL(data-value)
| specifies an 8-character request model name.
| OMGMODULE(data-area)
| returns the 58-character field containing the pattern
| defining the name scope of the interface and operation
| values for this REQUESTMODEL.
| OMGINTERFACE(data-area)
| returns the 31-character field containing the pattern
| matching the interface name for this REQUESTMODEL.
| OMGOPERATION(data-area)
| returns the 31-character field containing the pattern
| matching the IDL operation name for this
| REQUESTMODEL.
| TRANSID(name)
| returns the 4-character name of the CICS transaction to
| be executed when a request matching the specification
| of the REQUESTMODEL is received.
Note: In this example, there would have been an (Requested statistics are those called for by a CEMT
interval at 0800 hours if CICS had been PERFORM STATISTICS command or by an EXEC
initialized earlier. CICS PERFORM STATISTICS RECORD command.)
The values are:
If you want your end-of-day recordings to cover 24
hours, set INTERVAL to 240000. On Interval statistics are being recorded. Counters are
incremented as usual, and are reset at the expiry
Nexttime(hhmmss)
of each interval and at end-of-day.
displays the time at which statistics are next recorded
and reset. This is the expiry time of the current interval Off Interval statistics are not being recorded. Counters
or the end-of-day time, whichever is earlier. are still incremented as usual, and the recording of
end-of-day, requested, and unsolicited statistics is
Record (input only field)
still made.
specifies whether existing statistics are to be written to
an SMF data set. The value is:
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Record different value.
Existing statistics are to be written to an SMF data
Reset (input only field)
set. The statistics are those collected since the
specifies whether the statistics counters are to be reset.
last ENDOFDAY or INTERVAL collection, or since
The value is:
the last time the RESETNOW function was used
in this or the PERFORM STATISTICS command. Reset
The statistics counters are to be reset. The reset
Notes: takes effect only if the recording option is changed
from OFF to ON or from ON to OFF. For
1. When both Rec(ord) and Res(et) are specified,
information about the effect of reset on each
statistics counters are written to the SMF data set
individual counter, see the description of the CICS
and reset. The statistics that you are given are
statistics tables in the CICS Performance Guide.
those collected since the last ENDOFDAY or
INTERVAL collection, or since the last time the The action, for each counter, is one of the
RESETNOW function was used in this or the following:
PERFORM STATISTICS command. Not reset
2. RECORD RESET take effect only when the Reset to zero
recording status is changed. Reset to 1
Reset to current value (this applies to peak
Recording values)
displays whether the recording of interval statistics is An exception to the above.
switched on or off. End-of-day statistics, requested
statistics, and unsolicited statistics are always recorded, STAtistics
irrespective of the setting of the ON or OFF option. indicates that this panel relates to a STATISTICS
inquiry.
CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
Function: Retrieve information about currently connected in Figure 107.
MVS log streams.
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Figure 107. The expanded display of an individual entry
Type CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME (the minimum
abbreviation is CEMT I STR). You get a display that lists Displayed fields
the current status.
Status
Type CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME (CEMT I STR) followed by
displays the status of the log stream. The values are:
as many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit
the range of information that you require. So, for Ok No errors have been detected
example, if you enter cemt i str fai sys, the resulting
Failed
display will show you the details of only those
The MVS system logger has detected a problem
streamnames that are failed and that are the system log.
with the specified log stream.
You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and
overtype them with the required values. STReamname(value)
indicates that this panel relates to a STREAMNAME
inquiry and displays an MVS system logger log stream
┌─ALl─┐ name.
55──CEMT Inquire STReamname───┴─────┴──────────5
Systemlog
5────(value)────┬─────────────────┬────────────5 displays whether this log stream is the system log. The
└─Usecount(value)─┘
values are:
5──┬────────┬──┬──────────┬──5%
├─Failed─┤ ├─Syslog───┤ Syslog
└─Ok─────┘ └─Nosyslog─┘ The log stream is the system log.
Nosyslog
(value) The log stream is not the system log.
specifies an MVS system logger log stream name. The
Usecount(value)
name can be a specific LSN of up to 26 characters in
displays the number of CICS journal names and forward
length.
recovery logs that are currently using the log stream.
ALl The use count is always at least 1, because CICS does
is the default. not maintain any information about a log stream that no
longer has any users, in which case an INQUIRE
Sample screen STREAMNAME command returns an ERROR condition.
If the log stream name refers to the CICS system log,
the use count is always 1. This is so even when user
à IN STRE
ð application programs write recovery records to the CICS
STATUS: RESULTS
Str(BELL.CICSHT61.DFHLOG ) Use(ðððððð1) Ok Sys
system log.
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and
overtype them with the required values.
Function: Retrieve information about the system dump
code table.
┌─ALl─────┐
55──CEMT Inquire SYDumpcode──┼─────────┼───────5
Description: INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE allows you to see └─(value)─┘
the current settings of the entries in the system dump table.
5──┬───────────┬──┬─────────┬──────────────────5
‘NO’ settings (NOSYSDUMP, for example) are shown as ├─SYsdump───┤ ├─RELated─┤
blank. └─NOSYsdump─┘ └─Local───┘
Reset Local
The current number of calls for this dump code is A system dump request is not to be sent to other
reset to zero. MVS images in the sysplex for this system dump
code.
Remove
This system dump code is removed from the
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
system dump code table.
different value.
Add This system dump code is added to the system
Maximum(value)
dump code table.
displays the maximum number of dump calls for this
Current(value) system dump code which result in system dumps being
displays the number of dump calls that have been made taken. The value is in the range 0-999 and can be
for this dump code since it was last reset. specified by using SYDUMAX in the SIT parameter. A
value of 999 means the default, ‘no limit’.
Daeoption
displays whether a dump taken for CICS is eligible for Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
suppression by the MVS dump analysis and elimination different value.
(DAE) component. The values are:
Shutoption
Dae A system dump is eligible for suppression by the displays whether CICS is to be shut down after the
DAE component. occurrence of an error corresponding to this dump code.
NODae SHutdown
A system dump will not be suppressed by the CICS is to be shut down.
DAE component. (However, be aware of the
NOSHutdown
SUPPRESS and SUPPRESSALL options in the
CICS is not to be shut down.
ADYSETxx parmlib member. These are controlled
by the VRADAE and VRANODAE keys in the
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
SDWA. They may lead to dump suppression even
different value.
though NODAE is set here. For information about
DAE, SUPPRESS, and SUPPRESSALL, see the SYDumpcode(value)
OS/390 MVS Diagnosis: Tools and Service Aids indicates that this panel relates to a SYDUMPCODE
manual. inquiry and displays an 8-character system dump code.
See the CICS Messages and Codes manual for details
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a of the codes.
different value.
Sysdumping
Dumpscope(value) displays whether a system dump is taken for this system
displays whether a system dump request is to be sent to dump code. The values are:
MVS images in the sysplex which are running XCF/MRO
SYsdump
connected CICS regions related to the CICS region on
A system dump is taken for this system dump
which the dump is initiated.
code.
Note: A related CICS region is one in which the unit of
NOSYsdump
work identifiers, in the form of APPC tokens, of
A system dump is not taken for this system dump
one or more tasks match those in the CICS
code.
region that issued the dump request.
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Function: Retrieve information about CICS. AKp(value)
displays the activity keypoint trigger value, which is the
Description: INQUIRE SYSTEM returns information about
number of logging operations between the taking of
the CICS system.
keypoints. It is in the range 200–65535. A value of zero
indicates that there is no activity keypointing.
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen, and type
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT I Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
SYS). You get a display that lists the current status. You can different value.
then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them
Cicstslevel(value)
with the required values.
displays a 6-character value identifying the version,
release and modification level of the CICS Transaction
55──CEMT Inquire SYStem──5% Server for OS/390 product under which the CICS
region is running. The value is of the form vvrrmm, and
CICS TS Release 3 returns 010300.
To change various attributes, you can:
CMdprotect(value)
Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after displays whether command protection, which validates
tabbing to the appropriate field (see Figure 110) start addresses passed on in CICS commands, is active
Use the CEMT SET SYSTEM command. or not (that is, whether the CMDPROT system
initialization parameter specifies YES or NO). The values
Sample screen are:
CMdprot
Command protection is active. CICS checks to
à inq sys
ð ensure that the task itself has write access to the
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Actopentcbs(ððð) Progautoctlg( Ctlgmodify ) storage referenced on the command before writing
Aging( 32768 ) Progautoexit( DFHPGADX )
Akp( ð4ððð )
Cicstslevel(ð1ð3ðð)
Progautoinst( Autoactive )
Reentprotect(Reentprot)
to the storage on the task’s behalf.
Cmdprotect(Nocmdprot) Release(ð53ð)
Db2conn()
Dfltuser(BELL)
Runaway( ððð5ððð )
Scandelay( ð5ðð )
NOCmdprot
|
Dsalimit( ð524288ð )
Dsrtprogram( NONE )
Sdtran(CESD)
Sosstatus(Notsos)
Command protection is not active. CICS does not
Dtrprogram( DFHDYP
Dumping( Sysdump )
) Storeprotect(Active)
Time( ððð1ððð )
check to ensure that the task itself has write
|
Edsalimit( ðð2ð97152ð )
Forceqr( Noforce )
Tranisolate(Active)
access to the storage referenced on the command
| Logdefer( ððð3ð )
before writing to the storage on the task’s behalf.
| Maxopentcbs( ðð5 )
Maxtasks( ð32 )
Mrobatch( ðð1 )
Oslevel(ð2ð5ðð) Db2conn(value)
RESPONSE: NORMAL
SYSID=HT61 APPLID=CICSHT61
TIME: 11.1ð.5ð DATE: 11.ð4.98
displays the name of the currently installed DB2CONN.
PF 1 HELP 3 END 5 VAR 7 SBH 8 SFH 9 MSG 1ð SB 11 SF
DFltuser(value)
displays the userid of the default user for this instance of
Figure 110. CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM screen
the CICS region.
Displayed fields DSAlimit(value)
displays the maximum amount of storage, as a total
| Actopentcbs(value)
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically
| displays the number of open TCBs of all modes that are
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside
| currently active (that is, allocated to a user task).
below the 16MB boundary. (See the CICS System
AGing(value) Definition Guide for a description of the DSALIM system
displays the time factor for CICS to use in the priority initialization parameter.)
aging algorithm for incrementing the priority of a task. Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
The value is expressed as “milliseconds per unit of different value.
priority”, and is in the range 0–65535.
If DSALIMIT specifies a value lower than the current
The priority aging factor is defined initially by the limit, CICS may not be able to implement the new limit
PRTYAGE system initialization parameter, in which the immediately, but will attempt to do so over time as
value represents the number of milliseconds that must dynamic storage is freed in the individual DSAs.
elapse before the priority of a waiting task can be
adjusted upward by 1. See the CICS System Definition | DSRtprogram(pgrmid)
Guide for information about the PRTYAGE parameter. | displays the name of the distributed routing program.
| Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| different value.
| DTrprogram(pgrmid) MAxtasks(value)
| displays the name of the dynamic routing program. displays the maximum number of tasks, both active and
suspended, allowed at any one time in the CICS system.
| Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
It must have a value in the range 1–999.
| different value.
Notes:
EDsalimit(value)
displays the maximum amount of storage, as a total 1. You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically different value.
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside
2. The value assigned to MAXTASKS might be less
above the 16MB boundary. (See the CICS System
than the requested value, because of CICS storage
Definition Guide for a description of the EDSALIM constraints. If this occurs, the message CEILING
system initialization parameter.)
REACHED is displayed when the request is made.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
MRobatch(value)
different value.
displays the number of MRO requests from connected
If EDSALIMIT specifies a value lower than the current regions which are to be batched before this region is
limit, CICS may not be able to implement the new limit posted. It is a value in the range 1–255.
immediately, but will attempt to do so over time as
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
dynamic storage is freed in the individual DSAs.
different value.
| Forceqr(value)
OSlevel(value)
| displays whether CICS is to force user application
displays the version, release, and modification level of
| programs that are defined as threadsafe to run on the
the OS/390 product on which CICS is running. For
| quasi-reentrant (QR) TCB. The values are:
example, OS/390 Version 2 Release 4 Modification 0 is
| Force shown as 0240.
| CICS forces all user application programs
Progautoctlg
| specified with the
displays whether autoinstalled program definitions are to
| CONCURRENCY(THREADSAFE) attribute to run
be cataloged. The values are:
| under the QR TCB, as if they were specified with
| CONCURRENCY(QUASIRENT). CTLGAll
| Nforce All autoinstalled program definitions are to be
| CICS is to honor the cataloged and restored on a warm or emergency
| CONCURRENCY(THREADSAFE) attribute on start.
| user application programs, and allow user CTLGModify
| programs to run on an open TCB to avoid Autoinstalled program definitions are to be
| unnecessary TCB switching. cataloged only if they are modified (for example,
by a CEMT SET PROGRAM command), so that
| Logdefer(value)
the modified definitions are restored on a warm or
| displays the log deferral interval in milliseconds, which is
emergency restart.
| the period of time used by CICS Log Manager when
| determining how long to delay a forced journal write CTLGNone
| request before invoking the MVS system logger. It is in No autoinstalled program definitions are to be
| the range 0-65535. See the CICS System Definition cataloged. They are autoinstalled again after a
| Guide for information about the Logdefer parameter and warm or emergency start.
| associated SIT parameter LGDFINT.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
| different value.
Progautoexit(value)
| Maxopentcbs(value)
displays the name of the user-provided program that is
| displays the maximum number of open TCBs, of all
called by the program autoinstall code to select or
| modes, that CICS is allowed to attach. The value can be
modify a model definition.
| in the range 1–999.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
| Note: Until open TCB support is extended to allow
different value.
| task-related user exits to run on CICS-managed
| TCBs (mode L8), this value is applicable to JVM Progautoinst
| TCBs only (mode J8). displays whether autoinstall for programs is active or
inactive. The values are:
RUnaway(value) Storeprotect(value)
displays the interval, in milliseconds, for which a task displays whether storage protection is active in the CICS
can have control before it is assumed to be looping. region. The values returned are:
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a ACtive
different value. CICS is operating with the CICS storage
If you are resetting this value, you can specify 0, or a protection facility.
value in the range 500–2700000. The value you specify Inactive
is rounded down to a multiple of 500. CICS is operating without the CICS storage
protection facility.
CICS purges a task if the task has not given up control
after this interval (that is, CICS assumes that the task is See the description of the STGPROT system
looping). If you specify zero, runaway task control is initialization parameter in the CICS System Definition
inoperative (that is, tasks do not get purged if they Guide for background information about CICS storage
appear to be looping). The value is independent of, and protection.
can be less than, the value in the TIME operand.
FAcility(value)
à IN TASK
ð displays a 4-character string identifying the name of the
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Tas(ððððð26) Tra(CEMT) Fac(S262) Sus Ter Pri( 255 )
terminal or queue that initiated the task. If no FACILITY
Sta(TO) Use(CICSUSER) Uow(BðC9D8D11144ððð7) Hty(ZCIOWAIT)
Tas(ððððð3ð) Tra(CEMT) Fac(S263) Run Ter Pri( 255 )
value is displayed, the task was started without a facility.
Sta(TO) Use(CICSUSER) Uow(BðC9D8E9C3B1FBO9)
Ftype
displays the type of facility that initiated this task. The
values are:
Figure 111. CEMT INQUIRE TASK screen
TAsk Nowait
The task was initiated from another task. The UOW is not to wait, pending recovery from
the failure. CICS is to take immediately whatever
TErm
action is specified on the ACTION attribute of the
The task was initiated from a terminal.
TRANSACTION definition.
DEst The task was initiated by a destination trigger level
Wait The UOW is to wait, pending recovery from the
as defined in the destination control table (DCT).
failure, to determine whether recoverable
HTIme(value) resources are to be backed out or committed.
displays the time (in seconds) that the task has been in
the current suspended state. For further information about the meaning of the
ACTION and WAIT attributes of the TRANSACTION
HTYpe(value)
definition, see the CICS Resource Definition Guide.
displays the reason why the task is suspended. A null
value indicates that there is no hold-up, except for the IDentifier(value)
necessity of reaching the head of the queue. | returns a 48-character field containing user data
| provided by the bridge exit, if the task was initiated in
HValue(value)
| the 3270 bridge environment, or blanks, otherwise. This
| displays a 16-character resource name, such as a file
| field is intended to assist in online problem resolution.
| name, or a value such as a TCLASS value.
| For example, it could contain the MQ correlator for the
For information on the values that can appear in the
| MQ bridge, or a Web token.
HTYPE and HVALUE options, and how they can be
used as an aid in problem determination, see the PRiority(value)
“resource type” and “resource name” details in the CICS displays the priority of the task, in the range 0–255
Problem Determination Guide. where 255 is the highest priority.
Runstatus | Tcb(value)
displays the status of this task. The values are: | displays the type of TCB under which the task is
| running. The values are:
Running
The task is running. | CKOPEN
| The task is running under a CICS key open TCB
DIspatchable
| (for example, a JVM (mode J8) TCB).
The task is dispatchable.
| INTERNAL
SUspended
| The task is running under one of the CICS internal
The task is suspended.
| TCBs. An internal TCB can be one of the
STartcode(value) | following:
displays how this task was started. The values are:
| The concurrent mode (CO) TCB
D A distributed program link (DPL) request. The | The file-owning mode (FO) TCB
program cannot issue I/O requests against its | The resource-owning mode (RO) TCB
principal facility or any syncpoint requests. | The ONC/RPC mode (RP) TCB
| The sockets listener mode (SL) TCB
DS A distributed program link (DPL) request, as for
| The secure sockets layer mode (SO) TCB
code D, with the exception that the program can
| A sockets mode (S8) TCB
issue syncpoint requests.
| The FEPI mode (SZ) TCB.
QD A transient data trigger level was reached.
| QR The task is running under the CICS QR TCB.
S Start command (no data)
| UKOPEN
SD Start command (with data) | The task is running under a user key open TCB.
TO The operator typed a transaction code at the TRanid(value)
terminal. displays a 4-character string identifying the transaction
TP The transaction was started by presetting the name associated with the task.
transaction ID for the terminal.
UOw(value)
U User-attached task. displays the 16-character local identifier of the unit of
work associated with this task.
USerid(value)
displays the user currently associated with the task.
┌─ALl─────┐
55──CEMT Inquire TClass──┼─────────┼───────────5 Figure 114. The expanded display of an individual entry
└─(value)─┘
5──┬──────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬─────5 Displayed fields
└─Maxactive(value)─┘ └─ACtive(value)─┘
5──┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────5 ACtive(value)
└─Purgethresh(value)─┘ displays the total number of transactions that are
currently active in a user-defined transaction class.
5──┬───────────────┬──5%
└─Queued(value)─┘ Maxactive(value)
displays the largest number of transactions in the
transaction class which are allowed to run concurrently.
(value)
The value can be in the range 0-999.
is the 8-character transaction class name.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
ALl different value.
is the default.
Purgethresh(value)
displays the limit at which the queuing transactions are
purged for the transaction class. It can have a value in
the range 0000000–1000000. Zero means that the
transactions are not purged. A nonzero number “n”
means that the first (n-1) transactions to arrive are
queued and the nth is purged.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Queued(value)
displays the total number of current tasks that are
suspended because the class maximum has been
reached.
TClass(value)
indicates that this panel relates to a TCLASS inquiry and
displays an 8-character transaction class name.
| OPENSTATUS(value) | 5──┬────────────────┬──────────────────────────5
| └─Backlog(value)─┘
| displays the status of CICS internal TCP/IP support. The
| values are: | 5──┬─────────────────────┬─────────────────────5
| └─CLOsetimeout(value)─┘
| 5──┬───────────────────┬───────────────────────5
| OPEN CICS internal sockets support is open. | └─Connection(value)─┘
| CLOSED CICS internal sockets support has not yet | 5──┬──────────────────┬────────────────────────5
| been activated, or has been terminated. | └─IPaddress(value)─┘
| 5──┬───────────────────┬──┬─────────────┬──────5
| CLOSING CICS internal sockets support is in the
| ├─OPENSTATUS(value)─┤ └─Port(value)─┘
| process of closing. | ├─OPEN──────────────┤
| IMMCLOSING CICS internal sockets support is in the | ├─CLOSING───────────┤
| ├─CLOSED────────────┤
| process of immediate termination. | └─IMMCLOSING────────┘
| 5──┬────────────────┬──────────────────────────5
| ├─SSLTYPE(value)─┤
| ├─NO─────────────┤
| ├─YES────────────┤
| └─CLIENTAUTH─────┘
| 5──┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────5
| ├─SOcketclose(value)─┤
| ├─Wait───────────────┤
| └─TImeout────────────┘
| 5──┬─────────────────────┬─────────────────────5
| └─TCPIPService(value)─┘
| 5──┬────────────────┬──┬──────────────────┬────5
| └─TRansid(value)─┘ └─TSqprefix(value)─┘
| 5──┬────────────┬──5%
| └─URM(value)─┘
| Backlog | SSL
| Change the maximum number of requests which can be | returns a CVDA value indicating the status of SSL
| queued in TCP/IP waiting to be processed by the | support for this service. CVDA values are
| service.
| YES
| Closetimeout | Non client authentication SSL flows are processed
| returns a fullword value containing the number of | on this port
| seconds specified for the timeout period. This can be 0
| NO
| through 86400 (24 hours).
| Non SSL flows are processed on this port
| Connection
| CLIENTAUTH
| The number of current sockets connections for this
| SSL client authentication flows are processed on
| service
| this port
| Ipaddress
| STATUS(cvda)
| returns an IP address. If you specify an IP address in
| returns a CVDA value indicating the state of the service.
| the TCPIPSERVICE definition, that address is returned,
| CVDA values are:
| otherwise the default IP address is returned. If there is
| more than one IP address on an OS/390 system, only | OPEN CICS internal sockets support is open.
| the default is returned.
| CLOSED CICS internal sockets support has not yet
| Port | been activated, or has been terminated.
| returns the number of the port on which CICS is listening
| CLOSING CICS internal sockets support is in the
| on behalf of this service.
| process of closing.
| Service | IMMCLOSING CICS internal sockets support is in the
| 8-character name identifying this service. | process of immediate termination.
| Socketclose | Transid
| returns a CVDA value indicating whether a timeout value | 4-character transaction id used on the attach for the task
| is in effect for the TCPIPSERVICE. CVDA values are: | started to process a new request.
| WAIT | TSQprefix
| NO was specified on the definition. Socket receives | returns the 6–character prefix used when the service
| will wait for data indefinitely. | generates TS queue names.
| TIMEOUT | URM
| A value was specified for the SOCKETCLOSE | 8 character name of Service URM invoked by attached
| parameter on the definition. | task.
5──┬───────────────┬──┬───────────────┬────────5
└─TRAnid(value)─┘ └─Userid(value)─┘ Figure 116. The expanded display of an individual entry
5──┬─────┬──┬────────┬──┬────────┬─────────────5
├─Shr─┤ ├─INPut──┤ ├─Queue──┤ Displayed fields
├─OLd─┤ ├─OUtput─┤ └─REJect─┘
└─Mod─┘ └─RDback─┘ Disposition (extrapartition queues only)
5──┬────────┬──┬────────────────────┬──────────5 displays the status of the associated data set:
├─Wait───┤ └─DAtabuffers(value)─┘
└─NOwait─┘ Shr The data set existed before this job step and can
be read by other concurrent jobs.
5──┬───────────────┬──┬───────────────┬──5%
└─DDname(value)─┘ └─DSname(value)─┘ OLd The data set existed before this job step.
Mod The system first assumes that the data set exists.
For an existing sequential data set, MOD causes
(value)
the read/write mechanism to be positioned after
is the identifier (1-4 characters) of a transient data
the last record in the data set. The read/write
queue.
mechanism is positioned after the last record each
All is the default. time the data set is opened for output.
RDback Tdqueue(value)
An input data set that is to be read backward. indicates that this panel relates to a TDQUEUE
inquiry and displays the 4-character identifier of a
| Member (extrapartition queues only)
transient data queue. Queue names beginning with
| returns a 1- to 8-character name that indicates the
“C” are normally reserved for use by CICS.
| member name of a partitioned data set. This is
| blank if the QSAM data set is not a partitioned data TErmid(value)
| set. displays the 4-character name of the terminal or
session to be associated with this queue when
NAmeind(value) (indirect queues only)
automatic transaction initiation (ATI) occurs. See
displays a 4-character string identifying the name of
also Tranid and Triggerlevel.
the queue pointed to by the indirect queue.
TRAnid(value)
Openstatus (extrapartition queues only)
displays the 4-character identifier of the transaction
displays whether the extrapartition queue is open or
that is to be initiated automatically when the queue
closed. The values are:
trigger level is reached.
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after
tabbing to the appropriate field (see “Overtyping a
Function: Retrieve information about terminals. display” on page 47).
Use the CEMT SET TERMINAL command.
Description: INQUIRE TERMINAL returns information
about a named terminal defined in the terminal control table
(TCT). ┌─ALl──────────┐
55──CEMT Inquire TErminal──┼──────────────┼────5
In an SNA environment, a terminal is the CICS ├─(value)──────┤
representation of an SNA logical unit with which CICS can be └─CLass(value)─┘
in communication. (SNA environment means that CICS is 5──┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────5
using VTAM or ACF/TCAM GSA as the access method for └─TRansaction(value)─┘
communication with SNA logical units.) 5──┬────────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬─────5
| └─COnsole(value)─┘ └─PRiority(value)─┘
This logical unit can be: 5──┬──────────────┬──┬────────────┬────────────5
A physical terminal (such as a 3277) ├─PAgeable─────┤ ├─Inservice──┤
└─AUtopageable─┘ └─Outservice─┘
A function of a cluster controller (such as a 3790 Type 2
5──┬───────┬──┬───────┬──┬───────────┬─────────5
batch function) ├─ATi───┤ ├─TTi───┤ ├─RTerminal─┤
An intersystem communication (ISC) or interregion └─NOAti─┘ └─NOTti─┘ ├─RSession──┤
├─Session───┤
communication (IRC) session that has been generated └─Local─────┘
by the CEDA transaction
5──┬────────────────┬──┬──────────┬────────────5
A remote terminal └─NEtname(value)─┘ ├─ACquired─┤
└─RELeased─┘
A remote session; that is, a session of a remote
connection. 5──┬──────────┬──┬─────────────┬───────────────5
├─CReate───┤ └─TAsk(value)─┘
└─NOCreate─┘
If you are familiar with network names, you may prefer to use
the command that uses these names. See “CEMT INQUIRE 5──┬─────────────────────┬─────────────────────5
NETNAME” on page 99. └─REMotesystem(value)─┘
5──┬──────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬───────5
| The terminal entry displayed can also be an MVS console. └─RNAme(value)─┘ └─RNEtname(value)─┘
5──┬───────────────┬──┬────────────┬──5%
The message “TEMP OUT SERVICE” can be displayed if └─Userid(value)─┘ └─CId(value)─┘
recovery is in progress for the terminal. The ”TEMP OUT
SERVICE” indicator is reset by simply refreshing the screen,
or by overtyping the “INS” field with “INS” or “OUT”. If “TEMP (value)
OUT SERVICE” continues to be displayed, the cause of the is a terminal identifier (1-4 characters) as specified in an
indicator should be investigated. installed terminal definition.
If the terminal name is, for example, S201, this option is
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
coded thus:
two ways of commencing this transaction:
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL(S2ð1)
Type CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL (the minimum abbreviation
is CEMT I TE). You get a display that lists the current ALl
status. is the default. For example, if you inquire about
Type CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL (CEMT I TE) followed by as terminals, you receive information about all terminals,
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the unless you specify a terminal identifier, a terminal class
range of information that you require. So, for example, if identifier, or a system identifier.
you enter cemt i te i at, the resulting display will show CLass(value)
you the details of only those terminals that are in service is the 1- or 2-character suffix of a terminal list table
and available for use. Or if you enter cemt i te (TLT).
rem(cicr), the display will show you only remote
terminals (or remote ISC or IRC sessions) owned by the If you do not specify a termid or class identifier, by default
system that the local CICS knows as CICR. you receive information about all the terminals.
Notes:
à IN TERM
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY 1. You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Ter(CBRF) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Ati Tti Rte
Net(CBRF ) Rem(CBR ) Rna(CBRF) different value.
Ter(CERR) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Tti Loc
| Con(\ERRCON\ )
Ter(CTSO) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Tti Loc 2. A terminal cannot be defined with both NOATI and
| Con(PKING )
| Ter(KING) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Tti Loc NOTTI.
| Con(PRUEKING )
| Ter(RNAL) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Tti Loc
| Con(INTERNAL )
CId(value)
Ter(S225) Tra(CEMT) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Ati Tti Loc
Net(IGCS225 ) Acq Tas(ððððð68)
Ter(S28ð) Tra(CEMT) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Ati Tti Loc displays an 8-character correlation-identifier that is set
Net(IGCS28ð ) Acq Tas(ððððð63)
Ter(TC12) Tra(CEMT) Pri( ððð ) Pag Ins Ati Tti Loc only for sessions, and only after a session has been
Net(IYCWTC12) Acq Tas(ððððð72)
Ter(-AAZ) Pri( ððð ) Aut Ins Ati Tti Ses acquired. (The value relates to the previously acquired
Net(TMPLATE1) Rel Rem(CBPS)
Ter(-AAð) Pri( ððð ) Aut Ins Ati Tti Ses session if there was one, if the session is not acquired).
Net(TMPLATE1) Rel Cre Rem(CBPS)
+ Ter(-AA1) Pri( ððð ) Aut Out Ati Tti Ses
Net(TMPLATE1) Rel Cre Rem(CBPS)
CID is set as follows:
Outservice RELeased
The terminal is not available for use. Setting a CICS is not in session with the logical unit
terminal Out(service) means that the terminal can represented by the terminal. If you set this option
no longer be used by transactions. If PURGE or to RELEASED, a session is terminated
FORCEPURGE is also specified, any transaction immediately if you also specify the PURGE option,
using the terminal is terminated abnormally. If otherwise the session is terminated when the
PURGE or FORCEPURGE is not specified, the current active transaction finishes.
transaction is allowed to terminate normally, but
no further transactions are allowed to use the For physical terminals and LU6.1 sessions, you can
terminal. For VTAM, setting a terminal reset this value by overtyping it with a different value or
Out(service) also causes it to be released and the with:
operator to be signed off, either immediately or
Coldacq
when the current transaction has terminated. For
CICS is in session with the logical unit
IRC sessions, Out(service) means that the
represented by the terminal, where no
connection to the MRO partner is OUTSERVICE.
resynchronization is required.
In an LU6.1 ISC session, the connection is set
Out(service) if there are no allocatable sessions TRansaction(value)
left. displays a 4-character string identifying the name of the
transaction currently being processed with this terminal
Note: For physical terminals and LU6.1 sessions, you as its principal facility or as a secondary facility.
can reset this value by overtyping it with a
Ttistatus
different value.
displays whether the terminal can be used by the
TAsk(value) transactions that are initiated from this terminal. The
displays the task number of the transaction that is values are:
running on this terminal.
TTi This terminal can be used by transactions.
TErminal(value) NOTti
indicates that this panel relates to a TERMINAL inquiry This terminal cannot be used by transactions.
and displays a 4-character terminal identifier as defined
in an installed terminal definition. This includes all Notes:
terminals and sessions, but not logical device codes
(LDCs), model TCTTEs, mode groups, or system 1. You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
entries. See also Netname. different value.
2. A terminal cannot be defined with both NOATI and
Termstatus (vtam only)
NOTTI.
displays whether CICS is in session with the logical unit
represented by this terminal. The values are: Userid(data-area)
returns the 8-character identifier of the user signed on at
ACquired
this terminal or session.
CICS is in session with the logical unit
represented by the terminal. If there is no signed-on user, the default userid—as
specified in the DFLTUSER system initialization
parameter—is returned.
INdoubtmins(value) Isolatest
displays the length of time, in minutes, after a failure displays whether the transaction’s user-key task-lifetime
during the in-doubt period, before the transaction is to storage is isolated from the user-key programs of other
take the action returned in the Indoubt field. The transactions. The values are:
returned value is valid only if the unit of work is in-doubt
ISolate
and Indoubtwait returns WAIT.
The transaction’s user-key task-lifetime storage is
See also Indoubt and Indoubtwait. accessible only by the user-key programs of its
own task. The transaction’s user-key task-lifetime
Indoubt
storage is isolated from all the user-key programs
displays the action (based on the ACTION attribute of
of all other tasks.
the TRANSACTION resource definition) to be taken if
the CICS region fails or loses connectivity with its NOIsolate
coordinator while a unit of work is in the in-doubt period. The transaction’s user-key task-lifetime storage is
accessible by its own programs, and also by
The action is dependent on the values returned in
user-key programs of other transactions defined
Indoubtwait and Indoubtmins; if Indoubtwait returns
with the ISOLATE(NO) option.
WAIT, the action is not normally taken until the time
returned in Indoubtmins expires. (For exceptions to this PRFile(value)
rule, see Indoubtwait.) displays the name of the profile definition that defines
The values are: additional options associated with this transaction.
BAckout PRIority(value)
All changes made to recoverable resources are to displays a value indicating the priority of a transaction
be backed out. relative to other transactions. When a transaction is
running as a CICS task, the priority of a task is the sum
COmmit
of the transaction priority, the terminal priority, and the
All changes made to recoverable resources are to
operator priority.
be committed, and the unit of work marked as
completed. Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Indoubtwait
The value is in the range 0–255, where 255 is the
displays (based on the WAIT attribute of the
highest priority.
TRANSACTION definition) how CICS is to respond if a
failure occurs while a unit of work (UOW) is in an PROgram(value)
in-doubt state. The values are: displays an 8-character string identifying the name of the
first program to be executed when this transaction is
NOWait
started.
The UOW is not to wait, pending recovery from
the failure. CICS is to take immediately whatever Purgeability
action is specified on the ACTION attribute of the displays whether the transaction is purgeable in system
TRANSACTION definition. stall conditions. The values are:
Wait The UOW is to wait, pending recovery from the
PUrgeable
failure, to determine whether recoverable
The transaction is system-purgeable. This value
resources are to be backed out or committed.
relates to the SPURGE parameter on the
Note: Even if Indoubtwait returns WAIT, there transaction resource definition and indicates that
may be aspects of the UOW that force CICS can purge the transaction in a deadlock
CICS to take an immediate decision—that time-out situation. See the CICS Resource
is, to take immediately the action specified Definition Guide for information about the
on the ACTION attribute of the transaction SPURGE and DTIMEOUT parameters on a
definition. This can happen if, for example, transaction resource definition.
the UOW contains:
NOTPurgeable
Subordinate LU6.1 sessions The transaction cannot be purged.
Subordinate MRO sessions to
pre-CICS Transaction Server for Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
OS/390 systems. different value.
| Routstatus
For further information about the meaning of the
| displays whether, if the transaction is the subject of an
ACTION and WAIT attributes of the TRANSACTION
| eligible EXEC CICS START command, it will be routed
definition, see the CICS Resource Definition Guide.
| using the enhanced routing method. The values are:
Note: SHUTDOWN and MAXIMUM must not be used in the Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value
same command. does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in
two ways of commencing this transaction: the expanded format), and overtype with input valid
Type CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE (the minimum for that field. You may find it more convenient to use
abbreviation is CEMT I TRD). You get a display that lists the expanded format when setting one of these
the current status. values, (negating is easier because you are
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing
Type CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE (CEMT I TRD) followed by
the result to become non-displayed).
as many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit
the range of information that you require. So, for If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
example, if you enter cemt i trd sy sh, the resulting press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
display will show you the details of only those in Figure 122.
transaction dump codes for which system dumps are to
be taken and for which the CICS system is to shut
down.
à IN TRDU
ð
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
To change various attributes, you can: Trdumpcode(ATNI)
Trandumping( Trandump )
Sysdumping( Nosysdump )
Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after Shutoption( Noshutdown )
Dumpscope( Local )
tabbing to the appropriate field (see “Overtyping a Maximum( 999 )
Current(ððð2)
display” on page 47). Action( )
Dumpscope NOSHutdown
displays whether a system dump request is to be sent to The CICS system is not to shut down.
MVS images in the sysplex which are running XCF/MRO
connected CICS regions related to the CICS region on Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
which the dump is initiated. different value.
Note: A related CICS region is one in which the unit of Sysdumping
work identifiers, in the form of APPC tokens, of displays whether a system dump is to be taken for this
one or more tasks match those in the CICS transaction dump code. The values are:
region that issued the dump request.
SYsdump
RELated A system dump is to be taken.
A system dump request is to be sent for this
NOSYsdump
system dump code.
A system dump is not to be taken.
Local
A system dump request is not to be sent to other Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
MVS images in the sysplex for this system dump different value.
code.
Trandumping
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a displays whether a transaction dump is to be taken for
different value. this transaction dump code. The values are:
Maximum(value) Trandump
displays the largest number of dump calls for this dump A transaction dump is to be taken.
code that result in dumps being taken. The value is in NOTrandump
the range 0-999 and can be specified by using A transaction dump is not to be taken.
TRDUMAX in the SIT parameter. A value of 999 means
the default, ‘no limit’. Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value.
Shutoption
displays whether the CICS system is to shut down after TRDumpcode(value)
the occurrence of an error corresponding to this dump indicates that this panel relates to a TRDUMPCODE
code. The values are: inquiry and displays a 4-character transaction dump
code. See the CICS Messages and Codes manual for
SHutdown
information on transaction dump codes.
The CICS system is to shut down.
| Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
| two ways of commencing this transaction:
| Figure 124. The expanded display of an individual entry
| Type CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL (the minimum abbreviation
| is CEMT I TSM). You get a display that lists the current | Displayed fields
| status.
| Securityst(value)
| Type CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL (CEMT I TSM) followed by as
| displays the security status for this model. The values
| many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the
| are:
| range of information that you require. So, for example, if
| you enter cemt i tsm main, the resulting display will | Security
| show you the details of only those temporary storage | security checking will be performed for queue
| models associated with temporary storage queues which | names matching this model.
| are to be resident in main storage.
| Nosecurity
| To change various attributes, overtype your changes on the | security checking will not be performed for queue
| INQUIRE screen after tabbing to the appropriate field (see | names matching this model.
| “Overtyping a display” on page 47). | LOcation(value)
| | displays the location where temporary storage queues
| associated with this TS model reside. The values are:
| ┌─ALl─────┐
| 55──CEMT Inquire TSModel──┼─────────┼──────────5 | AUxiliary
| └─(value)─┘
| TS queues associated with this TS model are held
| ┌──
───────────────────────────┐ | on the CICS temporary storage VSAM data set
| 5───6┬─────────────────────────┬┴──5% | DFHTEMP, or in temporary storage pools in the
| ├─LOCATION(value)─────────┤
| ├─POOLNAME(data-area)─────┤ | coupling facility.
| ├─PREFIX(data-area)───────┤ | MAIn
| ├─RECOVSTATUS(value)──────┤
| ├─REMOTEPREFIX(data-area)─┤ | TS queues associated with this TS model are held
| ├─REMOTESYSTEM(data-area)─┤ | in main storage.
| └─SECURITYST(value)───────┘
| POolname(value)
| displays an 8-character shared pool name.
| ALl | PRefix(value)
| is the default. | displays the prefix for this model as a 16-character
| (value) | string.
| is the name of the temporary storage model for which | RECovstatus(value)
| information is requested. | displays the recovery status of the temporary storage
| queue. The values are:
| Sample screen
| Recoverable
| The temporary storage queue is recoverable.
|
| à I TSM
ð | Notrecovable
| STATUS: RESULTS
| Tsm(DFHWEB ) Pre(DFHWEB ) Mai | The temporary storage queue is not recoverable.
| REMOTEPrefix(value)
| displays the remoteprefix for this model as a
| 16-character string.
| REMOTESystem(value)
| Figure 123. CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL screen
| displays the remotesystem name for this model as a
| If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and | 4-character string.
| press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
| in Figure 124.
| ALl
| is the default.
| (value)
| is the name of the temporary storage pool for which
| information is requested.
| Sample screen
|
| à I TSP
ð
| STATUS: RESULTS
| Tsp(DFHWEB ) Unc
| If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
| press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
| in Figure 126.
|
| à I TSP
ð
| RESULT
| Tspool(DFHWEB)
| Connstatus(Unconnected)
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
| Type CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE (the minimum abbreviation
| is CEMT I TSQ). You get a display that lists the current
status.
Type CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE (CEMT I TSQ) followed by as
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the
range of information that you require. So, for example, if
you enter cemt i tsq main, the resulting display will
show you the details of only those temporary storage
queues that are resident in main storage.
à ð LEngth(value)
INQ TSQ
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY displays the total length in bytes of all the items in the
Tsq(AXBYQUEUENAME1 ) Num(ðððð3) Len(ððððððð192) Mai
Tra(CECI) Max(ððð64) Min(ððð64) Las( ðððð1267 ) temporary storage queue. For information about how
Tsq(RDOQUEUENAME4 ) Num(ðððð1) Len(ðððððððð64) Aux
Tra(CECI) Rec Max(ððð64) Min(ððð64) Las( ðððððð97 ) CICS calculates the length of items, see the CICS
Tsq(RDOQUEUENAME5 ) Num(ðððð2) Len(ððððððð128) Aux
Tra(CECI) Rec Max(ððð64) Min(ððð64) Las( ðððððð86
Tsq(RDQUEUENAME5 ) Num(ðððð3) Len(ððððððð192) Mai
) System Programming Reference.
Tra(CECI) Max(ððð64) Min(ððð64) Las( ðððððð76 )
LOcation(value)
displays where the temporary storage queue resides.
Figure 127. CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE screen The values are:
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and AUxiliary
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown The temporary storage queue is held on the CICS
in Figure 128. temporary storage VSAM data set DFHTEMP, or
in temporary storage pools in the coupling facility.
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT INQUIRE UOW (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT I UOW). You get a display that lists all the current
UOWs.
Type CEMT INQUIRE UOW (CEMT I UOW) followed by as
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the
range of information that you require. So, for example, if
you enter cemt i uow sh con, the resulting display will
show you the details of only those UOWs that have
been shunted due to the failure of a connection.
┌─ALl─────┐ à IN UOW
ð
55──CEMT Inquire UOW──┼─────────┼──────────────5 RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Uow(AB8FFF37584B66ð1)
└─(value)─┘ Uowstate( Inflight )
Waitstate(Active)
Transid(CSSY)
5──┬──────────┬──┬─────────┬───────────────────5 Taskid(ðððððð5)
├─Backout──┤ ├─ACtive──┤ Age(ðððð4233)
Termid()
├─COMmit───┤ ├─WAITIng─┤ Netname()
Userid(BELL)
├─INDoubt──┤ └─SHunted─┘ Waitcause()
Link()
├─INFlight─┤ Sysid()
├─HBackout─┤ Netuowid(..GBIBMIYA.CICSHT61........)
└─HCommit──┘
5──┬────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬───────5
└─TRansid(value)─┘ └─TAskid(value)─┘ Figure 130. The expanded display of an individual entry
5──┬────────────┬──┬───────────────┬───────────5
└─AGe(value)─┘ └─TErmid(value)─┘ Displayed fields
5──┬────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬───────5 AGe(value)
└─NETName(value)─┘ └─Userid(value)─┘ displays the age of the UOW in seconds. This is the
5──┬────────────┬──┬─────────────┬─────────────5 number of seconds since the UOW entered its current
├─CONnection─┤ └─Link(value)─┘ state, or since the start of the UOW.
├─Dataset────┤
├─Rlsserver──┤ Link(value)
├─WAITCommit─┤ displays the 8-character netname of the remote system
├─WAITForget─┤ that caused the UOW to wait or be shunted, or blanks if
└─WAITRmi────┘
the UOW is not waiting for a connection.
5──┬──────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬──5%
└─SYsid(value)─┘ └─NETUowid(value)─┘ NETName(value)
displays the 8-character network name of the terminal
from which the UOW was started.
(value)
is a 16-character local identifier of a UOW. If the UOW was started from an ISC or MRO session,
NETNAME displays the network name of the remote
ALl region.
is the default. If you do not specify a UOW identifier, you
If the UOW was not started from a terminal, nor from an
receive information about all UOWs in the system.
ISC or MRO session, NETNAME displays blanks.
Sample screen NETUowid(value)
displays a 27-character string containing the LU6.2
name for the UOW within this network—that is, the
à IN UOW
ð network-wide identifier of the UOW.
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Uow(AB8FFF37584B66ð1) Inf Act Tra(CSSY)
Age(ðððð4ð9ð)
Tas(ðððððð5)
Use(BELL )
Note: Nondisplayable characters appear as periods.
Uow(AB8FFF3758786Cð1) Inf Act Tra(CSSY)
Age(ðððð4ð9ð)
Tas(ðððððð6)
Use(BELL )
You can use PF2 on the expanded panel: to see
Uow(AB8FFF376D9B66ð1) Inf Act Tra(CSTP)
Age(ðððð4ð9ð)
Tas(ðððððð8)
Use(BELL )
the value in hexadecimal.
Uow(AB9ððBD865417Cð4) Inf Act Tra(CSNE) Tas(ððððð18)
Age(ððððð7ðð)
Uow(AB9ððBE2ð1ðAC4ð1) Inf Act Tra(CEMT)
Use(BELL
Tas(ððððð43)
) You can assemble information about a distributed UOW
Age(ððððð689) Ter(S21D) Netn(IGBS21D ) Use(BELL )
by matching the network-wide UOW identifier against the
network-wide identifiers of local UOWs on other
systems.
Figure 129. CEMT INQUIRE UOW screen
SYsid(value)
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value displays the 4-character sysid of the connection that
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value caused the UOW to wait or be shunted, or blanks if the
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them UOW is not waiting for a connection or the connection
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in has been discarded.
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use TAskid(value)
the expanded format when setting one of these displays the task number originally associated with this
values, (negating is easier because you are UOW. If the UOW is shunted, the task terminates. In this
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing case, the number may have been reused by another
the result to become non-displayed). task.
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
in Figure 130.
TErmid(value) Userid(value)
displays the 4-character ID of the terminal from which displays the 8-character user ID with which this
this UOW was started. This is the principal facility for the transaction was started.
task. If the transaction is the mirror transaction, CSMI, it
UOW(value)
is the session.
indicates that this panel relates to a UOW inquiry and
TRansid(value) displays a 16-character UOW local identifier.
displays the 4-character ID of the transaction that started
Waitcause
this UOW.
displays, if the UOW is waiting or shunted, the type of
Uowstate resource that caused it to be so.
displays the state of the UOW. The values are:
Note: In the case of a wait, it is the UOW that is
Backout waiting, not the task.
This UOW is being backed out, or has failed to The values are:
back out one or more of the recoverable resources
involved in the UOW. CONnection
This UOW is waiting or was shunted due to the
COMmit
failure of a session to the coordinator of the UOW
A decision to commit the UOW has been made,
during the in-doubt period. NETNAME and SYSID
but the UOW is waiting or has been shunted. This
contain the netname and system name of the
may be because the decision has not yet been
failed link.
communicated to all participants in the syncpoint,
or because a failure has occurred during commit Dataset
processing. This UOW is waiting or was shunted due to the
failure of one or more data sets. Use the INQUIRE
INDoubt
UOWDSNFAIL command to identify the data sets
This UOW is in the in-doubt state.
involved and the reasons why they have caused
INFlight the UOW to fail.
The UOW is running normally.
RLsserver
HBackout This UOW is waiting or was shunted due to the
The UOW has been forcibly backed out. A forced failure of an RLS server.
decision is taken when a UOW is unable to wait
| RRms
for in-doubt resolution—for example, the
| This UOW is waiting or has been shunted
transaction may have been defined as WAIT(NO),
| because communication has been lost with
or have been backed out with a CEMT SET UOW
| RRS/MVS.
command.
WAITCOmmit
HCommit
This UOW is waiting or was shunted because a
The UOW has been forcibly committed.
failure occurred during commit processing.
All these values are valid only for UOWs that ACtive
have been shunted in-doubt. For information The UOW is running normally, or is being
about the in-doubt attributes of TRANSACTION unshunted.
resource definition, see the CICS Resource
WAITIng
Definition Guide. Syncpoint processing has completed on this
system, but not on all systems involved in the
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen and enter
the basic command as CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL. (The
minimum abbreviation is CEMT I UOWD.) You get a display of
all the failed UOWs, if any. Otherwise, CICS returns the NOT
FOUND error condition
Cause
55──CEMT Inquire UOWDsnfail──UOw(value)────────5 displays which failed component has caused the UOW
5──DSname(value)──┬────────┬───────────────────5 to have retained locks for this data set. The values are:
├─NOtrls─┤
└─RLS────┘ CAche
A cache structure, or connection to it, has failed.
5──┬────────────┬──┬──────────────┬────────────5
├─CAche──────┤ ├─Backupnonbwo─┤ CONnection
├─CONnection─┤ ├─COMmitfail───┤ There is an intersystem connection error, which
├─DATASET────┤ ├─DATASETFull──┤
├─RLSServer──┤ ├─DEAdlock─────┤ has caused the UOW to fail while in-doubt. The
└─UNdefined──┘ ├─DELexiterror─┤ name of the system to which connectivity was lost
├─Failedbkout──┤ is returned on the SYSID parameter and its
├─INDExrecfull─┤ netname is returned on the NETNAME parameter.
├─IOerror──────┤
CICS returns additional information in the
├─Openerror────┤
├─RLSGone──────┤ REASON parameter about the CONNECTION
├─INDOubt──────┤ failure.
├─RRCommitfail─┤
├─RRIndoubt────┤ DATASET
└─Lckstrucfull─┘ The backout of a UOW has failed for this data set.
5──┬──────────────┬──┬────────────────┬──5% The reason for the data set failure is returned in
└─Sysid(value)─┘ └─NEtname(value)─┘ the REASON parameter.
RLSServer
The SMSVSAM server has failed. The reason for
Sample screen the data set failure is returned in the REASON
parameter.
UNdefined
à INQ UOWDSN
ð The UOW is probably in-flight following an
STATUS: RESULTS
Dsn(RLS.ACCOUNTS.ESDS.DBASE1
Uow(AA6DBð8ðC4ðCEEð1)
) Dat Del
Rls
emergency restart.
Dsn(RLS.ACCOUNTS.ESDS.DBASE1 ) Dat Ind
Uow(AA6DBð8AC66B4ððð) Rls
DSname(value)
displays the 44-character data set name of a data set
that has retained locks for this UOW.
Figure 131. CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL screen
NEtname(value)
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value displays the 8-character netname (when the cause is
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value CONNECTION) of the remote system to which
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them connectivity has been lost.
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in
Reason
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid
displays, when the cause is RLSSERVER,
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use
CONNECTION, or DATASET, the specific reason for the
the expanded format when setting one of these
error against this data set. The values are:
values, (negating is easier because you are
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing Backupnonbwo
the result to become non-displayed). A non-BWO backup was in progress while the
UOW was being backed out. When the backup
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and completes, CICS automatically retries the UOW.
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
in Figure 132. COMmitfail
An error occurred at some point when the locks
were in the process of being released. This is an
error that can normally be resolved by recycling
à INQ UOWDSN
ð the server (which should happen automatically).
RESULT
Uowdsnfail
Dsname(RLS.ACCOUNTS.ESDS.DBASE1)
The locks were acquired as a result of recoverable
Cause(Dataset)
Reason(Delexiterror) requests having been issued against the data set.
Uow(AA6DBð8ðC4ðCEEð1)
Sysid()
Netname()
DATASETFull
Rlsaccess(Rls)
No space is available on the direct access device
for adding records to a data set. You need to
reallocate the data set with more space. You can
Figure 132. The expanded display of an individual entry
then retry the backout using SET DSNAME
RETRY.
See the section on moving data sets in the CICS error. One likely reason could be that the data set
Recovery and Restart Guide. was quiesced.
DEAdlock (non-rls data sets only) RLSGone
A deadlock was detected. This may go away if the An error occurred when backing out the UOW
UOW is retried. because the RLS server is down. This may also
be the reason why the UOW went into backout
DELexiterror
originally. This is an error that can be resolved by
Backout of a write to an ESDS failed because a
recycling the server (which should happen
logical delete global user exit program was not
automatically). Generally, when the server
enabled, or a logical delete global user exit
recovers, the UOWs are retried automatically. In
program decided not to execute the logical delete.
very exceptional circumstances, it may be
Failedbkout necessary to issue a SET DSNAME(...) RETRY
This occurs as a result of a severe error being command to retry UOWs that were not retried
identified, and is possibly an error in either CICS when the server returned.
or VSAM. The problem may go away if the UOW
RRCommitfail
is retried. Note that CICS performs some
An error occurred whilst RLS locks for the unit of
first-failure data capture (FFDC) at the point where
work were being released. For this data set, the
the error is first detected.
locks being released were all repeatable read
INDExrecfull locks so, if the failure was due to the RLS server
A larger alternate index record size needs to be being unavailable, the locks will have been
defined for the data set. See the section on released. If the failure was due to some other
moving data sets in the CICS Recovery and error from the SMSVSAM server, the locks may
Restart Guide. still be held.
This error can also occur when a unique alternate RRIndoubt
index key, for a non-RLS data set, has been The unit of work had issued repeatable read
reused and CICS is now backing out the request requests against the data set, and has now failed
which had removed that key value. indoubt. The locks will have been released, so this
INDOubt failure does not prevent you from running a batch
The unit of work had issued recoverable requests job against the data set. However, if you want to
against the data set, and has now failed in-doubt. open the data set in non-RLS mode from CICS,
The connection to the coordinating system needs you need to resolve the in-doubt failure before you
to be reestablished. can define the file as having RLSACCESS(NO). If
the unit of work has updated any other data sets,
IOerror
or any other resources, you should try to resolve
A hard I/O error occurred. To correct this error,
the in-doubt correctly. If the unit of work has only
restore a full backup copy of the data set and
performed repeatable reads against VSAM data
perform forward recovery. If you use CICSVR as
sets and has made no updates to other resources,
your forward recovery utility, the backout is
it is safe to force the unit of work using the SET
automatically retried for an RLS data set. For a
DSNAME or SET UOW commands.
non-RLS data set, use the RETRY option of the
SET DSNAME command to drive the backout
Each Reason corresponds to only one Cause value, as
retry.
shown in the following table:
Lckstrucfull
An attempt to acquire a lock during backout of an Cause Reason
update to this data set failed because the RLS CACHE NOTAPPLIC
lock structure was full. You must allocate a larger CONNECTION INDOUBT
lock structure in an available coupling facility and CONNECTION RRINDOUBT
rebuild the existing lock structure into it, then use DATASET BACKUPNONBWO
DATASET DELEXITERROR
the SET DSNAME (...) RETRY command to drive
DATASET DATASETFULL
the backout retry. DATASET DEADLOCK
Notapplic DATASET FAILEDBKOUT
The value for CAUSE is not CONNECTION, DATASET INDEXRECFULL
DATASET IOERROR
RLSSERVER, or DATASET.
DATASET LCKSTRUCFULL
Openerror DATASET OPENERROR
Error on opening the file for backout. A console RLSSERVER COMMITFAIL
message notifies you of the reason for the open RLSSERVER RLSGONE
RLSSERVER RRCOMMITFAIL
UNDEFINED Not applicable
Notes:
1. Both UOW-lifetime and task-lifetime enqueues are
returned by INQUIRE UOWENQ. (For an explanation of
UOW- and task-lifetime enqueues, see the
MAXLIFETIME option of the EXEC CICS ENQ command
in the CICS System Programming Reference manual.)
2. On an in-doubt failure, user enqueues are released,
unless the EXEC CICS ENQ command specified
MAXLIFETIME(TASK) and it is not the end-of-task
syncpoint that suffers the failure.
Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT I UOWE). You get a display that lists all enqueues
for all the current UOWs.
Type CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ (CEMT I UOWE) followed by as
many of the other attributes as are necessary to limit the
range of information that you require. So, for example, if
you enter cemt i uowe d, the resulting display will show
you the details only of enqueues on records in VSAM
data sets open in non-RLS mode or CICS-maintained
data tables.
Displayed fields
55──CEMT Inquire UOWEnq──┬────────────┬────────5
└─Uow(value)─┘ | Duration(value)
5──┬────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬───────5 | displays the elapsed time (in seconds) since the
└─TRansid(value)─┘ └─TAskid(value)─┘ | enqueue f entered its current state of OWNER, WAITER
5──┬──────────┬──┬─────────────┬───────────────5 | or RETAINED.
├─ACtive───┤ ├─Dataset─────┤
└─RETained─┘ ├─File────────┤ | ENQFails(value)
├─EXecenq─────┤ | displays, for enqueues held in retained state, the number
├─ADdrexecenq─┤ | of failed enqueue attempts for this resource since the
├─TDq─────────┤ | enqueue was last acquired. This indicates how many
└─TSq─────────┘ | UOWs have received LOCKED responses due to this
5──┬────────┬──┬─────────────────┬─────────────5 | enqueue. The ENQFAILS option helps you identify
├─Owner──┤ └─Netuowid(value)─┘ | which UOWs are causing “bottlenecks.”
└─Waiter─┘
| For enqueues held in action state, ENQFAILS displays
5──┬─────────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬────5
└─ENqfails(value)─┘ └─RESource(value)─┘ | zero.
5──┬─────────────┬──┬──────────────────┬───────5 | ENQScope(value)
└─RLen(value)─┘ └─QUalifier(value)─┘ | If the enqueue has sysplex scope, ENQSCOPE displays
5──┬─────────────┬──5% | the 4-character name which was used to qualify the
└─QLen(value)─┘ | sysplex-wide ENQUEUE request issued by this CICS
| region. If it has region scope, ENQSCOPE displays
| blanks.
Sample screen
| All CICS systems with the same ENQSCOPE value
| share the same sysplex Enqueue name space.
à INQ UOWE
ð Netuowid(value)
STATUS: RESULTS
Uow(AC143ðð1D4A726ð1) Tra(CECI) Tas(ððððð38) Act Exe Own
displays a 27-character string containing the
Res(ACCOUNTS.DBASE1 ) Rle(ð15) Enq(ðððððððð)
Uow(AC143ðð1D4A726ð1) Tra(CECI) Tas(ððððð38) Act Add Own network-wide LU6.2 name of the UOW that owns or is
Res(g... ) Rle(ðð4) Enq(ðððððððð)
waiting for the enqueue.
Note: Nondisplayable characters appear as periods.
Figure 133. CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ screen You can use PF2 on the expanded panel: to see
the value in hexadecimal.
Note: There are blank fields on the screen where a value
does not apply or is ‘negative’; that is, the value QUalifier(value)
begins with ‘No’. To modify these fields, locate them displays a 1- through 255-character qualifier (for
by tabbing (they appear in the same sequence as in example, record id) that further identifies the resource
the expanded format), and overtype with input valid associated with the enqueue lock. The data displayed
for that field. You may find it more convenient to use depends on the type of enqueue, as shown in Table 3
the expanded format when setting one of these on page 150. If no QUALIFIER data applies (that is for
values, (negating is easier because you are EXECENQ, ADDREXECENQ, or TSQ), a value of zero
overtyping a displayed field with its negative causing is displayed.
the result to become non-displayed). QLen(value)
displays the length of the data, in the range 0 through
If you place the cursor against a specific entry in the list and
255, displayed in the QUALIFIER field.
press ENTER, CICS displays an expanded format as shown
in Figure 134. RELation
displays whether the data is associated with the owner
of the enqueue or with a task waiting for the enqueue.
à INQ UOWE
ð The values are:
RESULT
Uowenq
Uow(AC143ðð1D4A726ð1)
Owner
Transid(CECI)
Taskid(ððððð38) The (value), NETUOWID, TASKID, and TRANSID
State(Active)
Type(Execenq) are those of the owner of the enqueue.
Relation(Owner)
Resource(ACCOUNTS.DBASE1)
Rlen(ð15) Waiter
Enqfails(ðððððððð)
Netuowid(..GBIBMIYA.IYA2T5C2...Mx...) The (value), NETUOWID, TASKID, and TRANSID
Qualifier()
Qlen(ððð) are those of a waiter for the enqueue.
APpc COOrdinator
Advanced Program to Program Communication. This connection is to the syncpoint coordinator for
the UOW.
LU61
LUTYPE 6.1. SUbordinate
This connection is to a syncpoint subordinate for
| Rrms
the UOW.
| indicates that the UOW is coordinated by
| RRS/MVS. UNKnown
The syncpoint role of this connection cannot be
REsyncstatus
determined.
displays the resynchronization status of the connection.
The values are: SYsid(value)
displays the 4-character sysid of the connection. If the
COLd
connection has been discarded, or the connection-type
The connection has been cold started by the
| is RMI, or the PROTOCOL field is showing RRMS,
partner system. The partner can no longer
SYSID displays blanks.
coordinate any in-doubts for this system; nor can
this system pass to the partner any decisions Type
remembered for it. displays the type of connection. The values are:
STarting CFTable
The connection is being acquired, but the A connection to a CFDT server.
exchange lognames process has not yet
CONnection
completed.
A connection defined by a CONNECTION
Ok The connection is operating normally. If there has resource definition.
been a failure of the partner system, the partner
RMI A connection to an external resource manager
has been restarted and the connection able to
using the resource manager interface (RMI).
resynchronize the associated UOW.
UNAvailable UOWLink(value)
The connection is not currently acquired. indicates that this panel relates to an inquiry about a
UOW-link and displays the 8-character UOW-link
UNConnected
identifier.
There is no associated connection.
UOw(value)
RMIQfy(value)
displays the 16-character local identifier of the
displays, for a connection type of RMI, the 8-character
associated unit of work.
entry qualifier of the task-related user exit. For a
connection type of CONNECTION, RMIQFY displays | URid(value)
blanks. | If the PROTOCOL field displays RRMS, this field
| contains the hexadecimal representation of the RRMS
Role
| unit of recovery identifier. For other values of the
displays the role of the connection. The values are:
| PROTOCOL field, URID displays blanks.
To change various attributes, you can: If CICS makes an unsuccessful attempt to register, the
status is shown as UNREGISTERED, and the words
Overtype your changes on the INQUIRE screen after
REGISTER ERROR appear alongside.
tabbing to the appropriate field (see “Overtyping a
display” on page 47). If CICS makes as unsuccessful attempt to deregister,
the status is shown as REGISTERED, and the words
Use the CEMT SET VTAM command.
DEREGISTER ERROR appear alongside.
Sample screen Openstatus
displays the status of the connection between CICS and
VTAM. The values are:
à IN VT
ð
STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Open
Vta Ope Psd( ðððððð )
There is a connection between CICS and VTAM.
Closed
Figure 137. CEMT INQUIRE VTAM screen
The connection between CICS and VTAM has
If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER, terminated.
CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 138.
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
different value, or with:
à IN VT
ð Immclose
RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
Vtam
The connection between CICS and VTAM
Openstatus( Open )
Psdinterval( ðððððð ) is in the process of closing following an
Grstatus()
Grname() EXEC CICS SET VTAM IMMCLOSE or
CEMT SET VTAM IMMCLOSE command.
Figure 138. The expanded display Forceclose
The connection between CICS and VTAM
is in the process of closing following an
55──CEMT Inquire Vtam──5% EXEC CICS SET VTAM FORCECLOSE or
CEMT SET VTAM FORCECLOSE
command.
Displayed fields
Grname(value) Psdinterval(value)
displays the 8-character generic resource name under displays the persistent session delay interval, expressed
which this CICS region is registered to VTAM. in the form hhmmss. It specifies if and for how long
sessions are held in recovery-pending state after CICS
Grstatus fails.
displays the status of generic resource registration. The
Note: You can reset this value by overtyping it with a
values are:
different value.
Registered The permitted range is 000000 to 235959 inclusive.
CICS registered successfully as a member of the
VTAM generic resource named by the GRNAME 000000
option. If CICS fails, sessions are terminated.
| Sample screen
|
| à IN W
ð
| STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Web Gar( ððð6ð ) Tim( ðððð5 ) Loc
| If you place the cursor against the result and press ENTER,
| CICS displays an expanded format as shown in Figure 138
| on page 153.
|
| à I WEB
ð
| RESULT - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
| Web
| Garbageint( ððð6ð )
| Timeoutint( ðððð5 )
| Displayed fields
| GARBAGEINT
| is the interval at which the Web garbage collection task
| runs to clean up Web 3270 state data for which the
| terminal timeout interval has expired.
| TIMEOUTINT
| is the period of time after which inactive Web 3270
| sessions are eligible for garbage collection.
The CEMT PERFORM commands are not concerned with Function: Cause the CICS timeout delete mechanism to
resource status. They are used to: be invoked immediately.
Cause the CICS timeout delete mechanism to be Description: The CICS timeout delete mechanism
invoked immediately (PERFORM DELETSHIPPED) removes any shipped terminal definitions that have not been
Dump and continue processing (PERFORM DUMP or used for longer than the time specified on the DSHIPIDL
PERFORM SNAP) system initialization parameter, or on a subsequent SET
DELETSHIPPED IDLE command. The interval between
| End an affinity owned by CICS (PERFORM scheduled invocations of the mechanism is specified on the
| ENDAFFINITY) DSHIPINT system initialization parameter, or on a
Reset the date and time of day (PERFORM RESET) subsequent SET DELETSHIPPED INTERVAL command.
Rebuild the RACF resource profile (PERFORM PERFORM DELETSHIPPED invokes timeout delete
SECURITY REBUILD) immediately.
Shut down the CICS region (PERFORM SHUTDOWN)
Notes:
Request statistics to be recorded (PERFORM
STATISTICS RECORD). 1. Shipped definitions are not deleted if there is an
automatic initiate descriptor (AID) associated with the
Descriptions of the CEMT PERFORM commands follow in terminal.
alphabetic order. The operands for each of the commands 2. Issuing a PERFORM DELETSHIPPED command does
are also presented in alphabetic order. not reset the start of the time interval until the next
invocation of the timeout delete mechanism. In other
words, causing the timeout delete mechanism to be
invoked immediately does not affect the time remaining
until the next scheduled invocation.
Syntax
Description: To get a CICS system to dump and continue Description: Where CICS is a member of a VTAM
processing, you can use either the CEMT PERFORM DUMP generic resource group, PERFORM ENDAFFINITY instructs
command or the CEMT PERFORM SNAP command. Both VTAM to end an affinity owned by CICS, whether or not the
commands produce a “snapshot” of the CICS system. connection has been deleted. If the connection has not been
deleted, it must be out of service and have no recovery
The use of CEMT PERFORM DUMP or CEMT PERFORM information outstanding—that is, its RECOVSTATUS (as
SNAP prevents all other tasks from running. Consequently, displayed by CEMT INQUIRE/SET CONNECTION) must be
terminal operators may experience delays in response. NORECOVDATA.
SNap Options
specifies that CICS is to issue the MVS SDUMP macro
to produce an SDUMP (system dump) of the CICS NETId(value)
region. specifies the 8-character name by which the network
containing the connected LU is known to VTAM.
Title(value)
If you do not specify a NETID, CICS takes the value
specifies a title of up to 32 characters; it is added at the
from the installed connection, if it exists. If you do not
beginning of the dump. If your title includes spaces, you
specify a NETID and the connection does not exist, the
must enclose the whole title within single quotation
command fails.
marks (' ').
NETName(value)
specifies the 8-character APPLID of the connected LU. If
the connected LU is a member of a generic resource,
you must specify its member name, not the generic
resource name.
Syntax
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS ALL RESETNOW resets the counters for the collection
of statistics. RESETNOW only works if the ALL operand
Function: Write the statistics for a named resource type is set, that is, ALL RESETNOW.
immediately to the SMF data set, rather than wait for the AUtoinstall
current statistics-gathering interval to expire. The recording Autoinstall statistics are to be written immediately to the
is made irrespective of the ON or OFF setting of statistics. SMF data set.
See also page “CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS” on page 111
and page “CEMT SET STATISTICS” on page 194 for a Connection
description of the CEMT INQUIRE and SET STATISTICS Connection statistics are to be written immediately to the
commands. SMF data set.
RECOVery
Options
Recovery statistics are to be written immediately to the
ALl SMF data set.
Statistics for all resources are to be written immediately
to the SMF data set.
RESetnow
The statistics counters are to be reset. CEMT SET commands
STAts The SET command changes the status of one or more
Statistics domain statistics are to be written immediately named instances of a resource (such as a terminal), a
to the SMF data set. particular subgroup of resources (such as a class of
terminals), or all resources of a particular type (such as all
STOrage terminals).
Storage manager statistics are to be written immediately
to the SMF data set. The SET command makes the changes that you specify, and
displays the new status of the resources. No changes are
STReamname
made if there are syntax errors in the SET command.
Log stream statistics are to be written immediately to the
SMF data set. To change the attributes of a resource, enter SET (or a
SYsdump suitable abbreviation) on the command line. The keywords
System dump statistics are to be written immediately to you can use with CEMT SET are described in the rest of this
the SMF data set. section.
TRDump
Transaction dump statistics are to be written immediately
to the SMF data set.
TSqueue
Temporary storage statistics are to be written
immediately to the SMF data set.
Vtam
VTAM statistics are to be written immediately to the SMF
data set.
STArt
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
CICS is to start auxiliary tracing and open the auxiliary
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect
trace data set if it is currently closed.
immediately.
STOp
CICS is to stop auxiliary tracing and close the auxiliary
55──CEMT Set AUXtrace──┬───────┬───────────────5 trace data set. A subsequent START request causes
├─STArt─┤
├─Pause─┤ new trace entries to be written at the start of the data
└─STOp──┘ set, thereby overwriting the trace entries that were
5──┬──────────┬───┬────────┬───5% written before the STOP request.
├─NOswitch─┤ └─SWitch─┘ SWitch
├─NExt─────┤
└─All──────┘ specifies that an immediate switch from the current
auxiliary trace data set is to be made to the alternate
trace data set.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. To commence this transaction:
Type CEMT SET DB2CONN (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT S DB2C). You get a display that lists the current status, similar
to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN. You can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with
the required values.
Type CEMT SET DB2CONN (CEMT S DB2C) followed by one or more attribute settings that you wish to change.
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect immediately.
┌──
───────────────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────────────────┐
55──CEMT Set DB2Conn───6┬─────────────────────────┬┴───6┬─────────────────────────┬┴──5%
├─┬─ACCOUNTREC(cvda)─┬────┤ ├─DB2ID(data-area)────────┤
│ ├─UOW──────────────┤ │ ├─MSGQUEUE1(data-area)────┤
│ ├─TASK─────────────┤ │ ├─MSGQUEUE2(data-area)────┤
│ ├─TXID─────────────┤ │ ├─MSGQUEUE3(data-area)────┤
│ └─NONE─────────────┘ │ ├─┬─NONTERMREL(cvda)─┬────┤
├─AUTHID(data-area)───────┤ │ ├─RELEASE──────────┤ │
├─┬─AUTHTYPE(cvda)─┬──────┤ │ └─NORELEASE────────┘ │
│ ├─GROUP──────────┤ │ ├─PLAN(data-area)─────────┤
│ ├─SIGN───────────┤ │ ├─PLANEXITNAME(data-area)─┤
│ ├─TERM───────────┤ │ ├─┬─PRIORITY(cvda)─┬──────┤
│ ├─TX─────────────┤ │ │ ├─HIGH───────────┤ │
│ ├─OPID───────────┤ │ │ ├─EQUAL──────────┤ │
│ └─USERID─────────┘ │ │ └─LOW────────────┘ │
├─COMAUTHID(data-area)────┤ ├─PURGECYCLEM(data-area)──┤
├─┬─COMAUTHTYPE(cvda)─┬───┤ ├─PURGECYCLES(data-area)──┤
│ ├─CGROUP────────────┤ │ ├─SECURITY(REBUILD)───────┤
│ ├─CSIGN─────────────┤ │ ├─SIGNID(data-area)───────┤
│ ├─CTERM─────────────┤ │ ├─┬─STANDBYMODE(cvda)─┬───┤
│ ├─CTX───────────────┤ │ │ ├─NOCONNECT─────────┤ │
│ ├─COPID─────────────┤ │ │ ├─CONNECT───────────┤ │
│ └─CUSERID───────────┘ │ │ └─RECONNECT─────────┘ │
├─COMTHREADLIM(data-area)─┤ ├─STATSQUEUE(data-area)───┤
├─┬─CONNECTERROR(cvda)─┬──┤ ├─TCBLIMIT(data-area)─────┤
│ ├─ABEND──────────────┤ │ ├─THREADLIMIT(data-area)──┤
│ └─SQLCODE────────────┘ │ └─┬─THREADWAIT(cvda)─┬────┘
└─┬─CONNECTST(cvda)───┬───┘ ├─TWAIT────────────┤
├─CONNECTED─────────┤ ├─NOTWAIT──────────┤
├─NOTCONNECTED──────┤ └─N9ð6─────────────┘
└─FORCENOTCONNECTED─┘
To use the GROUP option the CICS system must CICS sign-on user ID Represents the primary DB2
have SEC=YES specified in the CICS system (USERID) authorization ID.
initialization table (SIT). RACF-connected If the RACF list of group options
group name is not active, DB2 uses the
If no RACF group ID is available for this USERID, connected group name supplied
an 8-character field of blanks is passed to DB2 as by the CICS attachment facility
the group ID. as the secondary DB2
authorization ID. If the RACF list
SIGN
of group options is active, DB2
Specifies the SIGNID parameter of the DB2CONN ignores the connected group
should be used as the resource authorization ID. name supplied by the CICS
TERM attachment facility, but the value
Specifies the terminal identification (four appears in the DB2 list of
secondary DB2 authorization
characters padded to eight) as an authorization ID.
IDs.
An authorization ID cannot be obtained in this
manner if a terminal is not connected with the
To use the CGROUP option the CICS system
transaction.
must have SEC=YES specified in the CICS
If a transaction is started (using a CICS command) system initialization table (SIT).
and has no terminal associated with it,
If no RACF group ID is available for this USERID,
AUTHTYPE(TERM) should not be used.
an 8-character field of blanks is passed to DB2 as
TX Specifies the transaction identification (four the group ID.
characters padded to eight) as the authorization
CSIGN
ID.
Specifies the SIGNID parameter of the DB2CONN
should be used as the resource authorization ID.
CONNECTED PLAN
This is equivalent to issuing DSNC STRT to start specifies the name of the plan to be used for all threads
the CICS DB2 attachment. If the requested DB2 in the pool. If PLAN is specified, PLANEXITNAME may
subsystem is active, control returns when CICS not be specified.
and DB2 have been connected. If the requested
SECURITY(REBUILD) TWAIT
specifies that the CICS DB2 attachment should force all If all threads are busy, a transaction must wait
existing threads to sign-on again at the next thread until one becomes available. A transaction can
reuse. It should be used when RACF profiles have been wait as long as CICS allows it to wait, generally
updated by issuing the following commands: until a thread becomes available.
Note that when you change the value of AUTHId, CEMT SET DB2ENTRY
AUTHType, COMAUTHId, COMAUTHType or SIgnid, a
surrogate user security check is invoked if security is active. Function: Sets the attributes of a particular DB2ENTRY
This ensures that the userid under which SET is being used to define resources for a specific transaction or a group
executed is authorized to act on behalf of the userid being of transactions when accessing DB2.
set.
Description: The entry is identified by the name it was
Note that when the SET DB2CONN command is specified all identified with in CEDA. For RCTs migrated to the CSD, the
parameters, except the DB2ID (the connected subsystem), name is the name of the first transaction on the DSNCRCT
can be set when the CICS DB2 attachment is active. DB2ID TYPE=ENTRY statement.
can only be changed by stopping and restarting the
attachment. All parameters on SET DB2ENTRY can be set while the
CICS DB2 attachment is active and the transactions are
If you change the PLAN and PLANEXITNAME while there active.
are active transactions for that entry, or the pool, the next
time the transaction releases the thread, the plan/exit will be Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
determined using the new rules. two ways of commencing this transaction
Type CEMT SET DB2ENTRY (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT S DB2E) with either a value corresponding to a DB2
entry name or ALL. You get a display that lists the
current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT
INQUIRE DB2ENTRY. You can then tab to the
highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the
required values.
Type CEMT SET DB2ENTRY (CEMT S DB2E) with either the
name of an entry or ALL, followed by one or more
attribute settings that you wish to change. For example,
cemt s db2e all ena enables all DB2ENTRYs.
TERM | FORCEDISABLED
Specifies the terminal identification (four | All tasks using the DB2ENTRY and those queued
characters padded to eight) as an authorization ID. | against the DB2ENTRY are forcepurged. The
An authorization ID cannot be obtained in this | DB2ENTRY is then disabled.
manner if a terminal is not connected with the
PLAN
transaction.
specifies the name of the plan to be used for this
If a transaction is started (using a CICS command) DB2ENTRY.
and has no terminal associated with it,
If PLAN is specified, PLANEXITNAME cannot be
AUTHTYPE(TERM) should not be used.
specified.
TX Specifies the transaction identification (four
characters padded to eight) as the authorization PLANEXITNAME
ID. specifies the name of the dynamic plan exit to be used
for this DB2ENTRY. If you change the PLAN and
OPID
PLANExitname while there are active transactions for
The operator identification associated with the
the DB2ENTRY the next time the transaction releases
CICS transaction is used as the authorization ID
the thread, the plan/exit is determined using the new
(three characters padded to eight).
rules. If PLANExitname is specified, PLAN cannot be
USERID specified.
The 8-character USERID associated with the
PRIORITY
CICS transaction is used as the authorization ID.
specifies the priority of the thread tasks for the
When the DB2 sample sign-on exit DSN3@SGN DB2ENTRY relative to the CICS main task (QR TCB).
is used with AUTHTYPE(USERID), the exit sends CVDA values are:
the user ID to DB2 as the primary authorization ID
and the RACF group ID to DB2 as the secondary HIGH
ID. When the sample sign-on exit is used, there is subtasks attain a higher priority than the CICS
no difference between AUTHTYPE(USERID) and main task from which the subtask was generated.
AUTHTYPE(GROUP). EQUAL
subtasks have equal priority with the CICS main
DISABLEDACT
subtask.
specifies what CICS is to do with new transactions that
access a DB2ENTRY when it has been disabled or is LOW
disabling. CVDA values are: subtasks have a lower priority than the CICS main
task.
POOL
The CICS DB2 attachment facility routes the PROTECTNUM
request to the pool. Message DFHDB2072 is sent specifies the maximum number of protected threads for
to the transient data destination specified by this DB2ENTRY.
MSGQUEUEn on the DB2CONN for each
THREADLIMIT
transaction routed to the pool.
specifies the maximum number of threads for this
ABEND DB2ENTRY that the CICS DB2 attachment allows active
The CICS DB2 attachment facility abends the before requests are made to wait, are rejected, or are
transaction.The abend code is AD26. routed to the pool.
SQLCODE
THREADWAIT
An SQLCODE is returned to the application
specifies whether or not transactions should wait for a
indicating that the DB2ENTRY is disabled.
DB2ENTRY thread, be abended, or overflow to the pool
ENABLESTATUS(cvda) should the number of active DB2ENTRY threads reach
specifies whether the DB2ENTRY can be accessed by the THREADLimit number. CVDA values are:
applications. CVDA values are:
TWAIT
ENABLED If all threads are busy, the transaction waits until
The DB2ENTRY can be accessed by applications. one becomes available.
DISABLED NOTWAIT
The DB2ENTRY cannot be accessed by If all threads are busy, the transaction is
applications. A DB2ENTRY has to be disabled terminated with an abend code AD2P.
before it can be reinstalled or discarded. TPOOL
If all threads are busy, the transaction is diverted
to use the pool of threads. If the pool is also busy,
and NOTWAIT has been specified for the
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction
Type CEMT SET DB2TRAN (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT S DB2T) with either a value corresponding to a DB2
transaction name or ALL. You get a display that lists the
current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT
INQUIRE DB2TRAN. You can then tab to the highlighted
or blank fields and overtype them with the required
values.
Type CEMT SET DB2TRAN (CEMT S DB2T) with either the
name of a DB2TRAN or ALL, followed by one or more
attribute settings that you wish to change. For example,
cemt s db2t all db2e(entry1) will set all DB2TRANs to
refer to a DB2ENTRY named entry1.
Options
DB2Entry
specifies the name of the DB2ENTRY to which this
DB2TRAN refers; that is, the DB2ENTRY with which this
additional transid should be associated.
Transid
specifies the transaction id to be associated with the
entry. The transaction id can include wildcard characters
(see the CICS Resource Definition Guide for information
about use of wildcard characters). If you change
TRANSID for a DB2TRAN while the attachment is
active, all transactions with a thread continue to use the
thread from that entry until it is released for reuse.
When that transaction issues the next SQL statement,
the thread is acquired from the entry or pool based upon
the new definition.
5──┬─────────────────┬──┬─────────────┬──5% Note: The revised interval starts from the time the
└─INterval(value)─┘ └─IDle(value)─┘ command is issued, not from the time the
timeout delete mechanism was last invoked, nor
from the time of CICS startup.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are Description: With the SET DSNAME command, you can
two ways of commencing this transaction: change the status of a VSAM base data set. You can use
the command to perform the following actions on a data set:
Type CEMT SET DSAS. You get a display that lists the
current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT Mark a VSAM data set as quiesced, or unquiesced,
INQUIRE DSAS. You can then tab to the highlighted or throughout the sysplex.
blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
Make a VSAM data set available or unavailable to a
Type CEMT SET DSAS followed by one or more attribute CICS region. (The availability function does not operate
settings that you wish to change. For example, cemt s across the sysplex—a SET DSNAME(...) AVAILABILITY
dsa ds(value) ed(value) will reset the values for command is effective only within the CICS region in
dynamic storage below the 16MB boundary and above which it is issued.)
the 16MB boundary.
Retry all UOW log records that are shunted because of
the failures of this data set (other than in-doubt failures).
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect Force any UOWs that are shunted because of in-doubt
immediately. failures, and which have updated this data set, to
complete.
55──CEMT Set DSAs──┬─────────────────┬─────────5 Purge shunted UOW log records that hold retained locks
└─Dsalimit(value)─┘ (other than those due to in-doubt failures) for any
records in the data set, and release the retained locks,
5──┬──────────────────┬──5%
└─EDsalimit(value)─┘ Cancel any attempt to recover lost RLS locks for the
data set using the UOWACTION and
ACTION(RESETLOCKS) options.
Options
The SET DSNAME command does not distinguish between
Dsalimit(value)
data sets accessed in RLS and non-RLS mode.
specifies the maximum amount of storage, as a total
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically The new options for the SET DSNAME command are subject
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside to the following rules relating to the order of processing and
below the 16MB boundary. See the CICS System the combinations of keywords and multiple keywords on the
Definition Guide for a description of the DSALIM system same command:
initialization parameter.) If DSALIMIT specifies a value
lower than the current limit, CICS may not be able to If REMOVE is specified, no other attribute is allowed.
implement the new limit immediately, but will attempt to Options are processed in the following order:
do so over time as dynamic storage is freed in the
1. RECOVERED
individual DSAs.
2. UNQUIESCED
EDsalimit(value) 3. AVAILABLE
specifies the maximum amount of storage, as a total 4. RETRY
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically 5. UOWACTION
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside 6. RESETLOCKS
above the 16MB boundary. See the CICS System 7. UNAVAILABLE
Definition Guide for a description of the EDSALIM 8. QUIESCED.
system initialization parameter.) If EDSALIMIT specifies
a value lower than the current limit, CICS may not be If you specify RETRY, do not also specify UNAVAILABLE or
able to implement the new limit immediately, but will QUIESCED, because this would cause backout retries to fail.
attempt to do so over time as dynamic storage is freed UNQUIESCE should not be specified with other attributes,
in the individual DSAs. because the other options may fail.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are IMmquiesced
two ways of commencing this transaction: Causes all existing CICS open RLS-mode files
throughout the sysplex to be closed and the data set to
Type CEMT SET DSNAME (the minimum abbreviation is
be marked as quiesced in the ICF catalog. Each CICS in
CEMT S DSN) with either a value corresponding to a data
the sysplex abends all in-flight UOWs that are accessing
set name or ‘ALL’. You get a display that lists the current
the data set before closing files, causing in-flight UOWs
status, similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE
to back out. Any UOWs that fail backout are shunted. No
DSNAME. You can then tab to the highlighted or blank
RLS-mode files can open against this data set, but
fields and overtype them with the required values.
non-RLS-mode open requests are permitted.
Type CEMT SET DSNAME (CEMT S DSN) with either a
In addition to closing open files, IMMQUIESCED sets the
dataset_name or ‘ALL’, followed by one or more
file state to UNENABLED if it was ENABLED. A
attributes that you wish to change. For example, cemt s
subsequent SET DSNAME UNQUIESCED command
dsn(applb.\) q quiesces all data sets with a high-level
restores the file state to ENABLED, if it was set
qualifier of APPLB in all CICS regions within the sysplex.
UNENABLED by a QUIESCED or IMMQUIESCED
Resetting the values takes effect immediately. action, but not if the UNENABLED state is due to some
other event. This state change is recorded in the CICS
global catalog.
55──CEMT Set DSName──┬─(value)─┬───────────────5
└─ALl─────┘ Attention
5──┬────────────┬──┬─────────────┬─────────────5 Using the IMMQUIESCED option causes any tasks
├─REMOve─────┤ ├─AVailable───┤ currently using the data set to be terminated
├─RECOVEREd──┤ └─UNAvailable─┘
├─RESetlocks─┤ immediately, using the CICS task FORCEPURGE
└─RETRy──────┘ mechanism. In some extreme cases CICS may
terminate abnormally. For this reason, setting a data
5──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────┬──5%
├─Quiesced────┤ ├─BACkout─┤ set as quiesced using the IMMQUIESCED option
├─UNQuiesced──┤ ├─Commit──┤ should be restricted to exceptional circumstances.
└─IMmquiesced─┘ └─FOrce───┘
Quiesced
Options Causes all existing CICS files open in RLS mode
throughout the sysplex to be closed and the data set to
(value) be marked as quiesced in the ICF catalog. Each CICS in
specifies one or more names (1-44 characters) of an the sysplex waits until all in-flight UOWs that are
external data set. accessing the data set have reached syncpoint before
closing the files; that is, the UOWs are either:
ALl
If you specify the ALL operand on a SET command, any Successfully committed or
change you request is made to all resources of the Successfully backed out, or
specified type that you are authorized to access. Shunted because they failed in-doubt, or
Shunted because they failed commit, or
AVailable
Shunted because they failed backout.
specifies whether the data set is to be marked in this
CICS region as available for use. This command sets No files can open in RLS mode against this data set, but
the availability indicator, which is a local flag that a CICS non-RLS open requests are permitted.
region maintains in a data set name block (DSNB) for
In addition to closing open files, QUIESCED sets the file
each data set. CICS can issue either RLS or non-RLS
state to UNENABLED if it was ENABLED. A subsequent
open requests for this data set.
SET DSNAME UNQUIESCED command restores the file
BACkout state to ENABLED, if it was set UNENABLED by a
Specifies that all shunted in-doubt UOWs that hold locks QUIESCED or IMMQUIESCED action, but not if the
on this data set should be backed out. UNENABLED state is due to some other event. This
state change is recorded in the CICS global catalog.
Commit
Specifies that all shunted in-doubt UOWs that hold locks RECOVEREd
on this data set should be committed. The data set has been restored from a backup version
and forward recovery has run and completed
FOrce successfully. CICS normally updates the
Specifies that all shunted in-doubt UOWs that hold locks backup-while-open (BWO) attributes for the base cluster
on this data set should be forced to BACKOUT or data set BASEDSNAME, using MVS/DFP 3.2 Callable
COMMIT as specified by the ACTION attribute on the Services.
transaction resource definition.
If the BWO attributes are not updated after the restore of Backout-failed and commit-failed log records are not
a backup copy of a data set that was taken using BWO, shunted for BDAM data sets.
CICS fails a subsequent file open because the data set
You might use RESETLOCKS if backout-failed or
is marked as down-level.
commit-failed log records are holding up lost locks
REMOve recovery for the data set, and there is no other way of
This option is used when a data set is no longer resolving them.
required on the local system. It deletes the data set Notes:
name block for the named data set. The REMOVE
option can be used only when there are no file control 1. This option does not apply to shunted in-doubt
resource definition entries that refer to the specified data UOWs. Try to resolve the shunted in-doubt UOWs
set. If any file definitions refer to the data set name that hold locks on the data set in other ways before
when you enter SET DSNAME REMOVE, you receive issuing RESETLOCKS; for example, by using
an error message indicating that the use count of the COMMIT, BACKOUT, or FORCEUOW.
data set name block is not zero. To ensure that no file 2. RESETLOCKS can fail during the commit phase (for
definitions refer to the data set name: example, if an error occurs while CICS is trying to
release the RLS locks), in which case the UOWs
Close all files that refer to the data set. These files
revert to being shunted as commit-failed UOWs.
can be found using the command:
CEMT INQUIRE FILE(\) DSNAME(dsname) RETRy
Specifies that shunted UOW log records, caused by
Either remove the data set name from each file
failed backout and commit processing as a result of the
entry (by over-typing the data set name with blanks
failure of this data set, should be retried. This is similar
on the CEMT display), or discard the file definition
in operation to the EXEC CICS RESYNC command, but
entirely.
applies to backout-failed and commit-failed UOWs only,
If you have a base data set with one or more alternate and not to in-doubt UOWs.
indexes, you are unable to remove the data set name You should use RETRY when the data set has shunted
block for the base until you have removed all references backout- or commit-failed UOWs associated with it, and
to the base data set and all references to paths. you believe that some or all of the data set problems are
RESetlocks (vsam only) either transient or have been resolved.
Purges shunted UOW log records for backout-failed and Messages, issued at the time of a data set failure that
commit-failed UOWs that hold locks on this data set, and causes UOWs to be shunted, recommend the actions
releases the retained locks: that are required to recover from the failure.
Backout-failed UOWs are those that failed during RETRY does not affect data integrity, and can be used
backout processing. safely at any time to enable some failed recovery work
to complete.
Commit-failed UOWs are those that have updated
RLS data sets, and have failed to release locks UNAvailable
during the second phase of 2-phase commit Marks the data set as unavailable, and prevents the data
syncpoint processing. set being opened in either RLS or non-RLS modes. This
command sets or unsets the availability indicator, which
If you specify this option, you are accepting backout is a local flag that a CICS region maintains in a data set
failure and some loss of data integrity rather than name block (DSNB) for each data set.
retaining locks and delaying transactions, and therefore
it should be used only as a last resort. UNQuiesced
Causes the data set to be marked as unquiesced in the
For backout-failed and commit-failed UOWs that hold ICF catalog. RLS or non-RLS mode files can be opened
locks on the data set, all records relating to this data set against this data set, the access mode (RLS or
are removed from the system log and all retained record non-RLS) being established by the first open.
locks held by this CICS for the data set are released.
Diagnostic messages are written to the CSFL transient If a file has been set UNENABLED by a SET DSNAME
data queue for each backout-failed log record that is IMMQUIESCED or QUIESCED command,
removed as a result of the RESETLOCKS operation. UNQUIESCED sets it back to ENABLED, provided that
there have been no other explicit changes to the
RESETLOCKS applies only to shunted UOW log records enablement state in the meantime. This state change is
that are classed as backout-failed and commit-failed. recorded in the CICS global catalog.
Therefore it cannot be issued for a BDAM data set.
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line | Enqmodels forming nested generic enqnames must be
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect | enabled in order, from the most to the least specific. For
immediately. | example, enable ABCD* then ABC* then AB*.
| If you attempt to enable a more specific enqmodel when a
| less specific enqmodel is already enabled, the result is that
55──CEMT Set DUmpds──┬────────┬────────────────5 | message DFHNQ0107 is issued.
├─Open───┤
├─CLosed─┤ | You cannot enable/disable an enqmodel which is in the
└─Switch─┘ | waiting state.
5──┬──────────────┬──5%
├─Autoswitch───┤ | Syntax
└─Noautoswitch─┘
|
| 55──CEMT Set ENQModel(value)──┬──────────┬──5%
Options | ├─Enabled──┤
| └─DIsabled─┘
Autoswitch
The switch occurs only when the active dump data set
is full, but not subsequently. | Options
CLosed | (value)
The active CICS dump data set is closed. | The 8-character identifier of the resource definition
Noautoswitch | DISABLED
When the active dump data set is full, there is not to be | The ENQMODEL will be put into the WAITING state
an automatic switch to the inactive dump data set. | (See Inquire Enqmodel) until there are no enqueues in
| the local system which match the ENQNAME pattern. It
Open
| will then be DISABLED. Once DISabled, matching ENQ
The active CICS dump data set is opened.
| requests will be rejected, and the issuing task abended
Switch | abcode ENQ_DISABLED.
The currently active dump data set is to become
| ENABLED
inactive, and the currently inactive data set is to become
| If the enqmodel is DISABLED, it will be ENABLED. Once
active.
| enabled, matching ENQ requests will be processed in
| the normal way.
CLosed
55──CEMT Set FIle──┬─(value)─┬─────────────────5 The file is closed; the access method does not allow
└─ALl─────┘ accesses to the data until the file is opened. The file can
5──┬────────────┬──┬──────────┬──┬────────┬────5 be opened either explicitly by the user or, if the file has
├─OPen───────┤ ├─ENabled──┤ ├─REAd───┤ the ENABLED attribute, implicitly by CICS on the next
├─CLosed─────┤ └─DIsabled─┘ └─NORead─┘
reference to the file.
└─Forceclose─┘
5──┬──────────┬──┬───────────┬─────────────────5 When the SET FILE CLOSED command is used, the file
├─UPdate───┤ ├─ADdable───┤ is closed and also disabled (set UNENABLED). (A file
└─NOUpdate─┘ └─NOAddable─┘ disabled in this way prevents access requests from
5──┬──────────┬──┬──────────┬──────────────────5 implicitly opening the file again.) The close is effected at
├─BRowse───┤ ├─DElete───┤ the time of the command only if there are no tasks
└─NOBrowse─┘ └─NODelete─┘ currently accessing the file. If there are current users,
5──┬─────────────┬──┬────────────┬─────────────5 the display indicates CLOSE requested. This means
├─EXclusive───┤ ├─EMptyreq───┤ that, when the last user finishes using the file, it effects
└─NOEXclusive─┘ └─NOEMptyreq─┘ the close.
5──┬───────┬──┬────────┬──┬───────────────┬────5 A file that has been disabled by a SET FILE CLOSED
├─Old───┤ ├─RLs────┤ └─DSname(value)─┘
└─Share─┘ └─NOTRls─┘ command becomes enabled again by a subsequent SET
FILE OPEN command. To distinguish a file that has
5──┬───────────┬──┬────────┬───────────────────5
| ├─NOTTable──┤ ├─LOAd───┤ been disabled by a SET FILE CLOSED from one that
| ├─CIcstable─┤ └─NOLoad─┘ has been disabled by a SET FILE DISABLED command,
├─USertable─┤ the SET FILE CLOSED command closes the file with the
| └─CFTable───┘ UNENABLED attribute.
5──┬─────────────────┬─────────────────────────5 A file with the DISABLED attribute can be enabled only
| └─CFDtpool(value)─┘
by a SET FILE ENABLED command. A file with the
5──┬──────────────────┬──┬────────────┬────────5 UNENABLED attribute can be enabled by a SET FILE
| └─Tablename(value)─┘ ├─COntention─┤
ENABLED or SET FILE OPEN command.
| └─LOCking────┘
5──┬───────────────────┬───────────────────────5 | COntention (CFDT only)
└─Maxnumrecs(value)─┘ | The coupling facility data table is to use the contention
5──┬──────────────────┬────────────────────────5 | model, in which records are not locked when they are
| └─Keylength(value)─┘ | read for update, but an error is returned on a
5──┬───────────────────┬──5% | subsequent REWRITE or DELETE if the record has
| └─RECordsize(value)─┘ | changed or been deleted since it was read for update.
DElete
You can delete records from the file.
Options
DIsabled
(value)
The file is not available for use by transactions except
One or more names (1-8 characters) defined in the file
for those that are currently using it. If there are any such
control table (FCT).
users, ‘BEING DISABLED’ is also displayed. The CEMT
ADdable SET FILE DISABLED command has no effect on
You can add records to the file. existing users; it simply prevents new users from
accessing the file.
ALl
Any change you request is made to all files that you are The file can be reenabled by a SET FILE ENABLED
authorized to access. command. (See also UNENABLED.)
It is not possible to disable a remote file.
BRowse
You can browse records in the file. DSname(value)
specifies the name (1–44 characters) of the VSAM or
| CFDtpool(value)
BDAM data set with which this file is associated. CEMT
| specifies the name of the CFDT pool in which the
SET FILE(value) DSNAME(value) associates the data
| coupling facility data table resides.
set with the file and causes the FILECOUNT of the data
| CFtable set to be incremented by 1. You can use CEMT SET
| The file name represents a coupling facility data table. FILE DSNAME with a null DSNAME value to dissociate
a file from its current data set.
CIcstable
The file name represents a CICS-maintained data table. Note: DSNAME replaced OBJECTNAME.
EMptyreq (vsam only) | that use this coupling facility data table rely on it
Applies only to a VSAM file that has been defined to | containing the records from the specified source data
VSAM as a cluster with the REUSE parameter, and | set.
which is opened in non-RLS access mode. It indicates
| LOCking (CFDT only)
that when a file is next opened, its data is erased.
| The coupling facility data table is to use the locking
If the file is opened in RLS access mode this parameter | model, in which records are locked when they are
has no effect. | updated.
A CEMT SET FILE EMPTYREC command can be
Maxnumrecs(value)
applied only to files that are closed and either disabled
specifies the maximum number of records that the data
or unenabled, and has no effect on the data until the file
table for this file can hold.
is opened. A SET FILE EMPTYREQ command can be
canceled by a SET FILE NOEMPTYREQ command. | For any type of table, if you want to set a limit, specify a
| value in the range 1 to 99 999 999. If you do not want
ENabled | any limit to apply, specify MAXNUMRECS(0), which
The file is available for use by transactions and, if | CICS interprets as no limit, and sets internally to the
closed, it is opened on the first request. If the command | maximum positive fullword value (+2147483647 or
CEMT SET FILE(value) CLOSED ENABLED is given | X'7FFFFFFF').
while the file is in use, the status of the file becomes
| Note: The new value takes effect only when a new
‘closed-unenabled’. If the command CEMT SET
| data table is created. This happens on each file
FILE(value) CLOSED is given while the file is in use, the
| open for a CICS-maintained or user-maintained
file is disabled to prevent new users accessing the file.
| data table, but only when the table does not
EXclusive | already exist for a CF data table. Once a
Records on the file are protected from simultaneous | coupling facility data table has been created, you
update by being placed under exclusive control when a | can change the maximum number of records
read for update is issued. | only through the CFDT server MVS command
| interface.
Forceclose
Similar to SET FILE CLOSED, except that any existing | To specify MAXNUMRECS for a recoverable coupling
users of the file are abended (abend code ‘AKC3’ or | facility data table, use a value that is between 5 and
‘ATCH’). As for CLOSED, the close is effected by the | 10% more than the maximum number of records that the
last of these users. | table is expected to contain. This allows for additional
| records that might be created internally for processing
Data integrity | recoverable requests. The margin to be left for this
Closing a file using the FORCECLOSE option | internal processing depends on the level of use of the
causes tasks of any current users of the file to be | coupling facility data table, and the nature of that use.
terminated immediately by the CICS task | An effect of this is that the NOSPACE condition (with a
FORCEPURGE mechanism. Data integrity is not | RESP2 of 102) can be raised on a WRITE or REWRITE
guaranteed with this mechanism. In some extreme | request to a recoverable coupling facility data table that
cases (for example, if an error occurs during backout | apparently has fewer records than the MAXNUMRECS
processing) CICS might terminate abnormally. For | limit specifies.
this reason, closing files using the FORCECLOSE
NOAddable
option should be restricted to exceptional
You cannot add records to the file.
circumstances.
NOBrowse
| Keylength(value) You cannot browse records in the file.
| Specifies the key length of records in a coupling facility NODelete
| data table that does not require pre-loading from a You cannot delete records from the file.
| source data set. To set a keylength, specify a value in
| the range 1 through 16. To clear a keylength (set it to NOEMptyreq (vsam only)
| null values), specify KEYLENGTH(0). Applies only to VSAM files. It indicates that when a file is
next opened, its data is not erased.
| You can specify the key length for a file that does not
| currently refer to a coupling facility data table, but which A CEMT SET FILE NOEMPTYREC command can be
| could be switched to use a coupling facility data table at applied only to files that are closed and either disabled
| a later date. or unenabled, and cancels the implicit request in a
previous SET FILE EMPTYREQ command.
| LOAd
| The coupling facility data table requires loading from a NOEXclusive
| source data set before it is fully usable; the transactions Records on the file are not protected from simultaneous
update.
| NOLoad REAd
| The coupling facility data table does not require loading You can read records in the file.
| from a source data set. It is fully usable as soon as it is
| RECordsize
| created, and is populated entirely by the transactions
| specifies the maximum record size for a coupling facility
| that use it.
| data table that does not require pre-loading from a
NORead | source data set.
You cannot read records in the file.
| You can specify the record size for a file that does not
NOTRls (vsam only) | currently refer to a coupling facility data table, but which
The file is defined to be accessed in a non-RLS mode | could be switched to use a coupling facility data table at
(LSR or NSR). | a later date. Specify a record size of 1- to 32767-bytes,
| or specify a record size of zero to remove a previously
For information about switching from RLS to non-RLS
| defined value.
mode, see the CICS Recovery and Restart Guide.
RLs (vsam only)
NOTTable
The file is defined to be accessed in RLS mode.
The file name does not represent a data table.
Share
NOUpdate
The disposition of the data set associated with the file is
You cannot update records in the file.
defined as shared for dynamic allocation.
Old
| Tablename(value)
The disposition of the data set associated with the file is
| specifies the name of the table for a coupling facility
defined as unshared for dynamic allocation.
| data table.
OPen
UPdate
The file is open. If the file is OPEN ENABLED, it is
You can update records in the file.
available for data accesses by CICS transactions. If it is
OPEN DISABLED, it must first be enabled before it is USertable
available. The file name represents a user-maintained data table.
If the file was unenabled by a previous SET FILE
CLOSED command, the SET FILE OPEN command
reenables the file implicitly.
Description: SET GTFTRACE allows you to switch CICS Description: SET INTTRACE allows you to switch CICS
tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility (GTF) on internal tracing on and off.
and off.
This command is intended for use at terminals that do not
This command is intended for use at terminals that do not support the full-screen tracing transaction CETR.
support the CETR full-screen tracing transaction.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
For guidance on using GTF tracing, see the CICS Problem two ways of commencing this transaction:
Determination Guide.
Type CEMT SET INTTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT S IN). You get a display that lists the current
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
status, similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE
two ways of commencing this transaction:
INTTRACE. You can then tab to the highlighted field and
Type CEMT SET GTFTRACE (the minimum abbreviation is overtype it with the required value.
CEMT S G). You get a display that lists the current status,
Type CEMT SET INTTRACE (CEMT S IN) followed by the
similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE GTFTRACE.
attribute setting that you wish to change. For example,
You can then tab to the highlighted field and overtype it
cemt s in sta will cause CICS internal tracing to be
with the required value.
started.
Type CEMT SET GTFTRACE (CEMT S G) followed by the
attribute setting that you wish to change. For example, Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
cemt s g sta will cause CICS GTF tracing to be started. gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect
immediately.
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect
immediately. 55──CEMT Set INttrace──┬───────┬──5%
├─STArt─┤
└─STOp──┘
55──CEMT Set Gtftrace──┬───────┬──5%
├─STArt─┤
└─STOp──┘ Options
STArt
Options CICS internal tracing is started.
STArt STOp
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility CICS internal tracing is stopped.
(GTF) is started.
STOp
CICS tracing to the MVS Generalized Tracing Facility
(GTF) is stopped.
Description: The SET JOURNALNAME command allows Description: The SET LINE command allows you to
you to enable or disable a CICS user journal. It has no effect purge or forcepurge a line, to put the line in or out of service,
on a journal that is being used as the forward recovery log or and to adjust the relative line number.
auto-journal for a VSAM file until the next time the file is
opened or on the system log. You can specify a list of identifiers (see “List of resource
identifiers” on page 47), but you cannot use the symbols *
You can use SET JOURNALNAME for a journal name that is and + to specify a family of identifiers.
not currently known to CICS. CICS dynamically creates an
entry for the specified journal and, if necessary, defines it to Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
the MVS system logger using a matching JOURNALMODEL two ways of commencing this transaction:
definition (see the CICS Resource Definition Guide.) Type CEMT SET LINE (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT
S L) with a terminal identifier. You get a display that lists
Syntax the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT
INQUIRE LINE. You can then tab to the highlighted or
55──CEMT Set Journalname(value)──┬─(value)─┬───5 blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
└─All─────┘ Type CEMT SET LINE (CEMT S L) with a termiinal identifier,
5──┬──────────┬──┬───────┬──5% followed by one or more attribute settings that you wish
├─Enabled──┤ ├─FLush─┤ to change. For example, cemt s l(value) i will make
└─DIsabled─┘ └─Reset─┘ the line available for use (inservice).
(DFHTEP) when a CICS task is not ready to accept a CEMT SET MODENAME
record from an input process queue.
If the CICS task issues a read before the interval Function: Change the status of a mode name.
expires, processing continues normally and DFHTEP is
not notified. The default value is zero. Description: The SET MODENAME command is used to
reset the connection to a remote system or to another CICS
NUmber(value) region, change the number of sessions available, and
specifies the relative line number of a pooled line. It is acquire or close the sessions associated with the mode
mandatory when inquiring about pooled lines. For name.
information about pooled lines, see the CICS Resource
Definition Guide. Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Outservice
The line is not available for use. Changing the status of Type CEMT SET MODENAME (the minimum abbreviation is
the line does not affect the equivalent status of the CEMT S MOD) with either a modename or ALL. You get a
terminals on it. display that lists the current status, similar to that
obtained by CEMT INQUIRE MODENAME. You can
Purge then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype
Tasks running on terminals associated with the line are them with the required values.
abnormally terminated, but task termination occurs only
if system and data integrity can be maintained. Type CEMT SET MODENAME (CEMT S MOD) with either a
modename or ALL, followed by one or more attribute
settings that you wish to change. For example, cemt s
mod(modename) acq will cause CICS to acquire all the
negotiated contention-winner sessions within the group
named by modename.
Options
(value)
specifies one or more names (1-8 characters) of a group
of sessions. Mode names need not be unique. You
cannot specify a list of names, but you can use the
symbols * and + to specify a family of mode names.
A mode name consisting of eight blanks is valid. To
specify this name, enclose the string of blanks within
single quotation marks:
MODENAME(' ')
ACQuired
CICS is to acquire (or “bind”) all the negotiated
contention-winner sessions within the group.
ALl
specifies that any changes you request are done to all
resources of the specified type that you are authorized
to access.
even though, when it started and when it ended, the any long-running transaction that has been in the system
performance class was set to PERF. for a greater time than the interval. Frequency times are
0, or in the range 001500–024000. The default
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are frequency value is 0, which means that FREQUENCY
two ways of commencing this transaction: monitoring is inactive (that is, no performance class
Type CEMT SET MONITOR (the minimum abbreviation is records are produced for long-running transactions).
CEMT S MON). You get a display that lists the current NOConverse
status, similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE Conversational tasks are not to have separate
MONITOR. You can then tab to the highlighted or blank performance class records produced for each pair of
fields and overtype them with the required values. terminal control I/O requests (Converse or Send/Receive
Type CEMT SET MONITOR (CEMT S MON) followed by one or pair).
more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
NOEVent
example, cemt s mon on p ex will set CICS monitoring
The SYSEVENT class of monitoring data is not to be
ON and collect performance-class and exception-class
collected.
data.
NOEXcept
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line The exception class of monitoring data is not to be
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect collected.
immediately.
NOPerf
The performance class of monitoring data is not to be
55──CEMT Set MONitor──┬─────┬──┬────────┬──────5 collected.
├─ON──┤ ├─Perf───┤
└─OFf─┘ └─NOPerf─┘ NOSyncpoint
5──┬─────────┬──┬──────────┬───────────────────5 A transaction performance class record is not to be
├─EVent───┤ ├─EXcept───┤ produced when a transaction takes an explicit or implicit
└─NOEVent─┘ └─NOEXcept─┘ syncpoint (unit-of-work), except when the syncpoint is
5──┬────────────┬──┬─────────────┬─────────────5 part of task termination or a syncpoint rollback.
├─Converse───┤ ├─SYncpoint───┤
└─NOConverse─┘ └─NOSyncpoint─┘ OFf
5──┬──────────────────┬──5% CICS monitoring is to be switched off. When monitoring
└─Frequency(value)─┘ is OFF, no monitoring data is accumulated or collected,
irrespective of the settings of the monitoring data
classes.
Options
ON
Converse CICS monitoring is to be switched on. When monitoring
Conversational tasks are to have separate performance is ON, monitoring data is accumulated continuously, and
class records produced for each pair of terminal control is collected (written out to an SMF data set) for each of
I/O requests (Converse or Send/Receive pair). the classes of monitoring data that are active.
EVent Perf
The SYSEVENT class of monitoring data is to be The performance class of monitoring data is to be
collected. collected.
EXcept SYncpoint
The exception class of monitoring data is to be collected. A transaction performance class record is to be
produced when a transaction takes an explicit or implicit
Frequency(value) syncpoint (unit-of-work), except when the syncpoint is
specifies the interval for which monitoring produces part of task termination or a syncpoint rollback.
automatically a transaction performance class record for
ALl
Description: If you are familiar with network names, you
specifies that any changes you request are made to all
may prefer to use this command as an alternative to CEMT
resources of the specified type that you are authorized
SET TERMINAL (described under “CEMT SET TERMINAL”
to access.
on page 204). However, CEMT SET NETNAME cannot be
used for APPC sessions. ATi (vtam only)
The terminal is available for use by transactions that are
“netname” is the name by which the remote system or initiated automatically from within CICS or, if the terminal
terminal is known to the network. The remaining operands for is an ISC session, by transactions that are using this
NETNAME are identical to those for TERMINAL. session as an alternative facility to communicate with
another system.
Netnames need not be unique, and you cannot specify a list
of names. AUtopageable (vtam only)
Pages after the first in a series are to be written to the
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are terminal automatically.
two ways of commencing this transaction:
COldacq (vtam only)
Type CEMT SET NETNAME (the minimum abbreviation is This is a special form of ACQUIRED, where no
CEMT S N) with netname or ALL. You get a display that resynchronization is required. If the previous session
lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT abended, the use of COLDACQ overrides CICS integrity
INQUIRE NETNAME. You can then tab to the control. This could lead to integrity problems. Also, you
highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the should check the CSMT log for an activity keypoint after
required values. the restart of a session following a CICS failure. If there
Type CEMT SET NETNAME (CEMT S AUTO) with netname or is no activity keypoint, you should issue COLDACQ
ALL, followed by one or more attribute settings that you again after the next emergency restart.
wish to change. For example, cemt s n(netname) i at
CReate (vtam only)
will reset the named remote system or terminal to
If the terminal is not in session, CICS is to acquire it if it
inservice and available for use.
is needed to satisfy an ATI request. This cannot be
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line specified for IRC sessions.
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect Forcepurge
immediately. All transactions running with this terminal are
immediately terminated abnormally. Data integrity is not
55──CEMT Set Netname──┬─(value)─┬──────────────5 guaranteed. In some extreme cases (for example, if an
└─ALl─────┘ error occurs during backout processing), CICS might
terminate abnormally.
5──┬─────────────────┬──┬──────────────┬───────5
└─PRiority(value)─┘ ├─PAgeable─────┤ Inservice (vtam only)
└─AUtopageable─┘
The terminal is available for use. For VTAM, INSERVICE
5──┬────────────┬──┬───────┬──┬───────┬────────5 means that the terminal can be ACQUIRED.
├─Inservice──┤ ├─ATi───┤ ├─TTi───┤
└─Outservice─┘ └─NOAti─┘ └─NOTti─┘ NOAti (vtam only)
5──┬────────────┬──┬──────────┬────────────────5 The terminal is not available for use by transactions that
├─PUrge──────┤ ├─ACquired─┤ are initiated automatically from within CICS or, if the
└─Forcepurge─┘ ├─COldacq──┤ terminal is an ISC session, by transactions that are
└─RELeased─┘
using this session as an alternative facility to
5──┬──────────┬──5% communicate with another system.
├─CReate───┤
└─NOCreate─┘ Note: A terminal cannot be defined with both NOATI
and NOTTI.
If NOCREATE is set for an LU6.1 ISC session and there | CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE
are no allocatable sessions left, the connection is placed
OUTSERVICE. | Function: Change the attributes of a CICS business
NOTti (vtam only) | transaction services process-type.
This terminal cannot be used by transactions.
| Description: SET PROCESSTYPE enables you to
Note: A terminal cannot be defined with both NOATI | change the current state of audit logging and the enablement
and NOTTI. | status of BTS PROCESSTYPE definitions installed on this
| CICS region.
Outservice (vtam only)
The terminal is not available for use. Setting a terminal | Note: Process-types are defined in the process-type table
OUTSERVICE means that the terminal can no longer be | (PTT). CICS uses the entries in this table to maintain
used by transactions. If PURGE or FORCEPURGE is | its records of processes (and their constituent
also specified, any transaction using the terminal is | activities) on external data sets. If you are using BTS
terminated abnormally. If PURGE or FORCEPURGE is | in a single CICS region, you can freely use the SET
not specified, the transaction is allowed to terminate | PROCESSTYPE command to modify your
normally, but no further transactions are allowed to use | process-types. However, if you are using BTS in a
the terminal. For VTAM, setting a terminal | CICSPlex, it is strongly recommended that you use
OUTSERVICE also causes it to be released and the | CPSM to make such changes. This is because it is
operator to be signed off, either immediately or when the | essential to keep resource definitions in step with
current transaction has terminated. | each other, across the CICSPlex.
In an LU6.1 ISC session the connection is set
| Syntax
OUTSERVICE if there are no allocatable sessions left.
|
To set an IRC session OUTSERVICE, you must set the
connection to the MRO partner OUTSERVICE. | ┌─ALl─────┐
| 55──CEMT Set PROCesstype──┼─────────┼──────────5
PAgeable (vtam only) | └─(value)─┘
Pages after the first in a series are to be written to the | 5──┬──────────┬──┬──────────┬──5%
terminal only if you request them to be. | ├─ACtivity─┤ ├─Enabled──┤
| ├─FUll─────┤ └─Disabled─┘
PRiority(value) (vtam only) (VTAM only) | ├─Off──────┤
specifies the priority of a terminal relative to other | └─Process──┘
terminals. The priority of a task is the sum of the
transaction priority, the terminal priority, and the operator
priority. Priority has no meaning for terminals that are | Options
ISC sessions being used as alternative facilities. The | ACtivity|FUll|Off|Process
value must be in the range 0–255, where 255 is the | specifies the level of audit logging to be applied to
highest priority. | processes of this type.
PUrge | Note: If the AUDITLOG attribute of the installed
Tasks running on this terminal are abnormally | PROCESSTYPE definition is not set to the name
terminated, but task termination occurs only if system | of a CICS journal, an error is returned if you try
integrity can be maintained. | to specify any value other than OFF.
RELeased (vtam only) | The values are:
CICS is not in session with the logical unit represented
| ACtivity
by the terminal. Setting a terminal RELEASED causes
| Activity-level auditing. Audit records will be written
the session to be terminated. Running transactions are
| from:
allowed to finish unless PURGE or FORCEPURGE is
also specified. | 1. The process audit points
| 2. The activity primary audit points.
TTi (vtam only)
This terminal can be used by transactions. | FUll Full auditing. Audit records will be written from:
| 1. The process audit points
| 2. The activity primary and secondary audit
| points.
| Off No audit trail records will be written.
| Process
| Process-level auditing. Audit records will be written
| from the process audit points only.
| For details of the records that are written from the CEMT SET PROGRAM
| process, activity primary, and activity secondary audit
| points, see the CICS Business Transaction Services Function: Change the attributes of installed programs.
| manual.
Description: Only programs that have been defined in the
| ALl
CICS system definition (CSD) file and installed on the
| specifies that any changes you specify are made to all
running CICS system are accessible through CEMT.
| process-types that you are authorized to access.
| Enabled Disabled Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
| specifies whether new processes of this type can be two ways of commencing this transaction:
| created. The values are: Type CEMT SET PROGRAM (the minimum abbreviation is
| Disabled CEMT S PR) with pgrmid, CLASS(value), or ALL. You get
| The installed definition of the process-type is a display that lists the current status, similar to that
| disabled. New processes of this type cannot be obtained by CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM. You can then
| defined. tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them
with the required values.
| Enabled
| The installed definition of the process-type is Type CEMT SET PROGRAM (CEMT S PR) followed by one or
| enabled. New processes of this type can be more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
| defined. example, cemt s pr(pgrmid) e ne will reset the values
for the named program to make it available for use
| PROCesstype(value) (enabled) and a new copy of the program will be used
| specifies the 8-character name of the process-type when all the transactions currently using the program
| whose attributes are to be changed. have finished (newcopy).
Options
(value)
specifies a program identifier (1–8 characters), which is
the name of a specific program entry in the table of
installed program definitions. If you omit the program
name, the ALL option is assumed by default.
You cannot specify the CLASS option and a program
name.
ALl
specifies that any changes you request are to be made
to all resources of the specified type that you are
authorized to access.
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT SET STATISTICS (the minimum abbreviation is
CEMT S ST). You get a display that lists the current
status, similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE
STATISTICS. You can then tab to the highlighted or
blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
Type CEMT SET STATISTICS (CEMT S ST) followed by one
or more attribute settings that you wish to change. For
example, cemt s st on res will switch CICS statistics
ON and will reset the statistics counters.
Options
Endofday(hhmmss)
specifies the end-of-day time for recording statistics. At
end-of-day, the current values of the CICS statistics
counters are written out to an SMF data set and the
statistics counters are reset.
End-of-day times must be in the range 000000-235959.
The default end-of-day time is 12 midnight (000000).
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE Type CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE (CEMT S SYD) with code or
ALL, followed by one or more attribute settings that you
Function: Change the attributes of the system dump wish to change. For example, to add a system dump
codes. code:
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE(value) ADD
Description: SET SYDUMPCODE allows you to define
To remove a system dump code:
the entries that you require in the system dump table. You
control system dumps by creating an entry in the system CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE(value) REMOVE
dump table for each dump code that requires a change from To change the maximum count to 10:
the default action.
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE(value) MAX(1ð)
A system dump code is the CICS message number with the Shut down CICS on occurrence of this system dump
DFH prefix removed. Typically this leaves a 6-character code:
code comprising 2 alphabetic characters and 4 numeric
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE(value) SHUTDOWN
characters, for example AP0001. The command syntax
permits up to 8 characters for the dump code, and the dump Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
codes you specify are padded with trailing spaces. gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect
immediately.
Each message has its own system default actions that you
cannot necessarily override with the SET command. For
example, when a serious error occurs, CICS shuts down 55──CEMT Set SYDumpcode──┬─(value)─┬───────────5
even if you have asked for no shut down. See the CICS └─ALl─────┘
Messages and Codes manual for information about the 5──┬───────────┬──┬────────────┬───────────────5
system action for each message. ├─SYsdump───┤ ├─SHutdown───┤
└─NOSYsdump─┘ └─NOSHutdown─┘
There are other system parameters that take priority over
5──┬─────────┬──┬────────────────┬─────────────5
your dump table entries. For example, EXEC CICS SET ├─RELated─┤ └─Maximum(value)─┘
SYSTEM NOSYSDUMP, or a DUMP=NO system initialization └─Local───┘
parameter, inhibits system dumping. For more information on 5──┬────────┬──┬───────┬──5%
using dumps, see the CICS Problem Determination Guide. ├─RESet──┤ ├─Dae───┤
├─REMove─┤ └─NODae─┘
The transaction dump command SET TRDUMPCODE can └─ADd────┘
also cause CICS to produce system dumps for the specified
transaction dump code.
Options
The SET command allows you to:
(value)
Add a new entry to the system dump table specifies an 8-character system dump code. See the
Remove an entry from the system dump table CICS Messages and Codes manual for details of the
Indicate whether or not you want a system dump taken codes.
Indicate whether the system dump request is to be local
or related ADd
Indicate whether or not you want CICS to shut down This system dump code is added to the system dump
following the dump code table.
Set the maximum number of dumps
ALl
Reset the counter of the current number of dumps to
specifies that any changes you request are made to all
zero
resources of the specified type that you are authorized
Determine whether or not a dump produced by CICS is
to access.
eligible for any suppression by the MVS Dump Analysis
and Elimination (DAE) component. Dae
A system dump is eligible for suppression by the DAE
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are component.
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Local
Type CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE (the minimum abbreviation is
A system dump request is not to be sent to other MVS
CEMT S SYD) with code or ALL. You get a display that
images in the sysplex for this system dump code.
lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT
INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE. You can then tab to the Maximum(value)
highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the specifies the maximum number of dump calls for this
required values. system dump code that result in system dumps being
taken. The value must be in the range 0-999; a value of
999 means the default, ‘no limit’.
NOSHutdown RESet
CICS is not to be shut down after the occurrence of an The current number of calls for this dump code is reset
error corresponding to this dump code. to zero.
NOSYsdump SHutdown
A system dump is not to be taken for this system dump CICS is to be shut down.
code.
SYsdump
RELated A system dump is to be taken for this system dump
A system dump request is to be sent to MVS images in code.
the sysplex which are running XCF/MRO connected
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT SET. The SYSTEM keyword does not have to be typed. If you type just CEMT SET, SYSTEM is assumed as the
default. You get a display that lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM. You can then
tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the required values.
Type CEMT SET followed by one or more attribute settings that you wish to change. For example, cemt s ag(value)
ma(value) resets the values for priority aging and the maximum number of tasks allowed at any one time in the CICS
system.
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect immediately.
┌──
────────────────────────┐
55──CEMT Set SYStem───6┬──────────────────────┬┴──5%
├─AGing(value)─────────┤
├─AKp(value)───────────┤
├─DSAlimit(value)──────┤
| ├─DSRtprogram(value)───┤
├─DTrprogram(value)────┤
├─EDsalimit(value)─────┤
| ├─Forceqr─┬─Force───┬──┤
| │ └─NOForce─┘ │
| ├─Logdefer(value)──────┤
| ├─MAXOpentcbs(value)───┤
├─MAxtasks(value)──────┤
├─MRobatch(value)──────┤
├─┬─CTLGAll────┬───────┤
│ ├─CTLGModify─┤ │
│ └─CTLGNone───┘ │
├─Progautoexit(value)──┤
├─┬─AUTOActive───┬─────┤
│ └─AUTOInactive─┘ │
├─RUnaway(value)───────┤
├─SCandelay(value)─────┤
├─Time(value)──────────┤
└─┬─SYsdump───┬────────┘
└─NOSysdump─┘
Options AUTOActive
Autoinstall for programs is active. On first use, if a
AGing(value) program, mapset, or partitionset is not defined, the
specifies the time factor for CICS to use in the priority definition is created dynamically.
aging algorithm for incrementing the priority of a task.
The value is expressed as “milliseconds per unit of AUTOInactive
priority”, and must be in the range 00000–65535. The Autoinstall is not active. If a program is not defined, a
priority aging factor is defined initially by the PRTYAGE PGMIDERR or transaction abend occurs when it is
system initialization parameter, in which the value referenced.
represents the number of milliseconds that must elapse
CTLGAll
before the priority of a waiting task can be adjusted
All autoinstalled program definitions are to be cataloged
upward by 1. See the CICS System Definition Guide for
and restored on a warm or emergency restart.
information about the PRTYAGE parameter.
CTLGModify
AKp(value)
Autoinstalled program definitions are to be cataloged
specifies the activity keypoint trigger value, which is the
only if they are modified (for example, by a CEMT SET
number of write requests to the CICS system log stream
PROGRAM command), so that the modified definitions
output buffer between the taking of keypoints. It must
are restored on a warm or emergency restart.
have a value in the range 00200–65535. You cannot
change this value if AKPFREQ=0 was specified at CTLGNone
system initialization. No autoinstalled program definitions are to be cataloged.
They are autoinstalled again after a warm or emergency
restart.
DSAlimit(value) MAxtasks(value)
specifies the maximum amount of storage, as a total specifies the maximum number of tasks, both active and
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically suspended, allowed at any one time in the CICS system.
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside It must have a value in the range 1–999.
below the 16MB boundary. See the CICS System
Note: The value assigned to MAXTASKS might be less
Definition Guide for a description of the DSALIM system than the requested value, because of CICS
initialization parameter.) If DSALIMIT specifies a value
storage constraints. If this occurs, the message
lower than the current limit, CICS may not be able to
CEILING REACHED is displayed when the
implement the new limit immediately, but will attempt to
request is made.
do so over time as dynamic storage is freed in the
individual DSAs. MRobatch(value)
specifies the number of MRO requests from connected
| DSRtprogram(value)
regions that are to be batched before this region is
| specifies the name of the distributed routing program.
posted. It must have a value in the range 001–255.
| DTrprogram(value)
| NOForce
| specifies the name of the dynamic routing program.
| Do not force user application programs to run under the
EDsalimit(value) | QR TCB. CICS is to honor the
specifies the maximum amount of storage, as a total | CONCURRENCY(THREADSAFE) attribute on user
number of bytes, within which CICS can dynamically | application programs, and allow user programs to run on
allocate storage for the four individual DSAs that reside | an open TCB to avoid unnecessary TCB switching.
above the 16MB boundary. See the CICS System
NOSysdump
Definition Guide for a description of the EDSALIM specifies that system dumps are to be suppressed.
system initialization parameter.) If EDSALIMIT specifies
a value lower than the current limit, CICS may not be Progautoexit(value)
able to implement the new limit immediately, but will specifies the name of the user-provided program that is
attempt to do so over time as dynamic storage is freed called by the program autoinstall code to select or
in the individual DSAs. modify a model definition.
| Force RUnaway(value)
| Force all user application programs to run under the QR specifies the interval, in milliseconds, for which a task
| TCB, even if they are defined with the can have control before it is assumed to be looping.
| CONCURRENY(THREADSAFE) attribute.
You can specify 0, or a value in the range 500–2700000.
| Logdefer(value) The value chosen is rounded down to a multiple of 500.
| specifies the log deferral interval in milliseconds, which CICS purges a task if it has not given up control after
| is the period of time used by CICS Log Manager when this interval (that is, if the task appears to be looping). If
| determining how long to delay a forced journal write you specify zero, runaway task control is inoperative
| request before invoking the MVS system logger. It is in (that is, tasks do not get purged if they appear to be
| the range 0-65535. See the CICS System Definition looping). The value is independent of, and can be less
| Guide for information about the Logdefer parameter and than, the value in the TIME operand.
| associated SIT parameter LGDFINT. CICS runaway-task detection is based upon task time,
that is, the interval is decremented only when the task
| MAXOpentcbs(value)
has control of the processor. You do not, therefore, need
| specifies the maximum number of open TCBs that can
to allow for the effect of other jobs when setting the
| exist concurrently in the CICS region. The value
value.
| specified can be in the range 1 to 999. If you reduce
| MAXOPENTCBS from its previously defined value, and SCandelay(value)
| the new value is less than the number of open TCBs specifies the maximum number of milliseconds between
| currently allocated, CICS detaches TCBs to achieve the the receipt of a VTAM request, and the time when CICS
| new limit only when they are freed by user tasks. begins to process the request. The number must be in
| Transactions are not abended to allow TCBs to be the range 0–5000, and must be less than or equal to the
| detached to achieve the new limit. If there are tasks TIME value.
| queued waiting for an open TCB, and you increase
In the summary report of the dispatcher statistics,
| MAXOPENTCBS from its previously defined value, they
SCANDELAY is referred to as ICVTSD.
| will be resumed when CICS attaches new TCBs up to
| the new limit. SYsdump
specifies that system dumps are not to be suppressed.
Options
(value)
The CICS-generated task number. This is in the range
1–99999.
FOrcepurge
The task is terminated immediately. System integrity is
not guaranteed. In some extreme cases, for example if a
task is forcepurged during backout processing, CICS
terminates abnormally. If you want to terminate a task
but do not want to terminate CICS, you should use
PURGE instead of FORCEPURGE.
PRiority(value)
specifies the priority of the task, in the range 0–255
where 255 is the highest priority.
PUrge
The task is terminated. Task termination occurs only
when system and data integrity can be maintained.
| URM
| Description: SET TCPIPSERVICE allows you to update
| specifies the 8-character name of the program to be
| the information relating to a service which uses CICS internal
| used as the Service User-replaceable module by the
| TCP/IP support.
| attached task. You can specify either an installation
| Note: This command has no effect on the sockets support | specific program or the CICS-supplied default for the
| provided by the TCP/IP for OS/390 CICS Sockets | service.
| Feature.
| Note: This program and any programs it invokes must
| be installed before they can be used in the
| Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
| program autoinstall process. You can do this
| two ways of commencing this transaction:
| either with explicit PROGRAM definitions or by
| Type CEMT SET TCPIPSERVICE (the minimum abbreviation | autoinstall when some other autoinstall program
| is CEMT S TCPIPS). You get a display that lists the | is in force. Otherwise the program autoinstall
| current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT | process fails when it is next used, and CICS
| INQUIRE TCPIPSERVICE. You can then tab to the | makes it inactive.
| highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the
| required values.
| Type CEMT SET TCPIPS (CEMT S TCPIPS) with (value) or
| ALL, followed by one or more attribute settings that you
| wish to change. For example, cemt s tcpips status
| open opens CICS internal sockets support.
| Options
| BACKLOG
| changes the maximum number of requests which can be
| queued in TCP/IP waiting to be processed by the
| service. The service must be CLOSED before you can
| change this value. If you set BACKLOG to zero, CICS
| does not receive any connections.
| Status
| Changes the status of the service. CVDA values are:
CEMT SET TDQUEUE disabled until the UOW commits or backs out at
syncpoint. You are recommended to issue an EXEC
Function: Change the attributes of transient data queues. CICS SYNCPOINT command before attempting to
update the queue attribute (ATITRANID) using SET
Description: The SET TDQUEUE command changes TDQUEUE.
some of the attributes of a transient data queue. The queue
must not be REMOTE or INDIRECT. Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
two ways of commencing this transaction:
You cannot alter the following attributes unless the queue is Type CEMT SET TDQUEUE (the minimum abbreviation is
fully disabled: CEMT S TD) with destid or ALL. You get a display that
ATIFACILITY lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT
ATITERMID INQUIRE TDQUEUE. You can then tab to the
ATITRANID. highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the
required values.
To disable a transient data destination, the queue must not
Type CEMT SET TDQUEUE (CEMT S TD) with (value) or ALL,
currently be in use. If it is in use, the queue enters a “disable
followed by one or more attribute settings that you wish
pending” state. The last unit of work (UOW) to use the queue
to change. For example, cemt s td(value) en op will
fully disables it. The TRIGGERLEVEL, OPENSTATUS, and
make a named extrapartition queue accessible by
ENABLESTATUS attributes may be altered regardless of
applications and open.
whether the queue is enabled or disabled. The value of the
ENABLESTATUS attribute cannot be altered while a queue Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line
is in a “disable pending” state. gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect
immediately.
A transient data queue cannot be disabled:
While it is in use
While tasks are waiting to use it. 55──CEMT Set TDqueue──┬─(value)─┬──────────────5
└─All─────┘
Indirect and remote queues can be disabled at any time 5──┬─────────────────────┬──┬──────────┬───────5
because they have no concept of being “in use”. └─TRIggerlevel(value)─┘ ├─ENabled──┤
└─DIsabled─┘
If tasks are waiting to use an extrapartition queue, a 5──┬────────┬──5%
physically recoverable queue, or a nonrecoverable ├─OPen───┤
intrapartition queue and an attempt is made to disable the └─Closed─┘
queue, the queue enters a “disable pending” state. The last
task to use the extrapartition queue fully disables it.
Options
If an attempt is made to disable a logically recoverable
intrapartition TD queue when there are UOWs enqueued (value)
upon it, the queue enters a “disable pending” state. The last specifies the identifier (1-4 characters) of a transient
UOW to obtain the enqueue fully disables the queue. If a data queue.
UOW has updated a logically recoverable queue and suffers All specifies that any changes you request are made to all
an indoubt failure, the queue cannot be disabled until the resources of the specified type that you are authorized
indoubt failure has been resolved. to access.
If a UOW owns an enqueue on a queue that is in a “disable Closed
pending” state, it is allowed to continue making updates. The queue is closed.
Outservice
The terminal is not available for use. Setting a terminal
OUTSERVICE means that the terminal can no longer be
used by transactions. If PURGE or FORCEPURGE is
also specified, any transaction using the terminal is
terminated abnormally. If PURGE or FORCEPURGE is
not specified, the transaction is allowed to terminate
normally, but no further transactions are allowed to use
the terminal. For VTAM, setting a terminal
Enabled
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
The transaction is available for use.
two ways of commencing this transaction:
Type CEMT SET TRANSACTION (the minimum abbreviation NOTpurgeable
is CEMT S TRANS) with (value), CLASS(value), or ALL. The transaction cannot be purged.
You get a display that lists the current status, similar to PRIority(value)
that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION. You specifies the priority of a transaction relative to other
can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and transactions. When a transaction is running as a CICS
overtype them with the required values. task, the priority of a task is the sum of the transaction
Type CEMT SET TRANSACTION (CEMT S TRANS) followed by priority, the terminal priority, and the operator priority.
one or more attribute settings that you wish to change. The “value” must be in the range 0–255, where 255 is
For example, cemt s trans(value) e pu specifies that a the highest priority.
named transaction is available for use (enabled) and is
PUrgeable
system-purgeable.
The transaction is system-purgeable. This operand
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line relates to the SPURGE parameter on the transaction
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect resource definition and indicates that CICS can purge
immediately. the transaction in a deadlock time-out situation. See the
CICS Resource Definition Guide for information about
the SPURGE and DTIMEOUT parameters on a
55──CEMT Set TRAnsaction──┬─(value)──────┬─────5 transaction resource definition.
├─CLass(value)─┤
└─ALl──────────┘ TClass(value)
5──┬─────────────────┬──┬───────────────┬──────5 specifies the 8-character transaction class name to
└─PRIority(value)─┘ └─TClass(value)─┘ which the transaction belongs. If the transaction does
not belong to a class, DFHTCL00 is returned. The
5──┬──────────┬──┬──────────────┬──5%
├─Enabled──┤ ├─PUrgeable────┤ abbreviation for TCLASS is Tcl. To remove a transaction
└─Disabled─┘ └─NOTpurgeable─┘ from its TCLASS, the Tcl field should be set to
DFHTCL00. A series of blanks can be inserted, in which
case, DFHTCL00 is returned. An added or changed
Options TClass must be defined.
(value)
specifies a transaction identifier (1-4 characters). Only
transactions that have been defined in the CICS system
definition (CSD) file and installed on the running CICS
system are accessible through CEMT.
ALl
specifies that any changes you request are made to all
resources of the specified type that you are authorized
to access.
CLass(value)
specifies the 2-character suffix of a transaction list table
(XLT).
Disabled
The transaction is not available for use. Transactions
that have identifiers beginning with “C” cannot be
disabled because these are reserved for use by CICS.
When the CEMT SET TRANSACTION DISABLED
command is used, existing transactions run to
completion before being DISABLED.
Note: If a transaction is disabled, this does not prevent
a START command which names this transaction
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are Maximum(value)
two ways of commencing this transaction: specifies the largest number of dump calls for this dump
code that result in dumps being taken. The range is
Type CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE (the minimum abbreviation is
0–999, though a value of 999 means ‘no limit’.
CEMT S TRD) with (value) or ALL. You get a display that
lists the current status, similar to that obtained by CEMT NOSHutdown
INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE. You can then tab to the The CICS system is not to shut down.
highlighted or blank fields and overtype them with the
required values. NOSYsdump
A system dump is not to be taken.
Type CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE (CEMT S TRD) followed by one
or more attribute settings that you wish to change. For NOTrandump
example, cemt s trd(value) t sh specifies that a A transaction dump is not to be taken.
transaction dump is to be taken for the named
RELated
transaction dump code and that the CICS system is to
A system dump request is to be sent to MVS images in
shut down after the occurrence of an error
the sysplex which are running XCF/MRO connected
corresponding to this dump code.
CICS regions related to the CICS region on which the
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line dump is initiated.
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect Note: A related CICS region is one in which the unit of
immediately. work identifiers, in the form of APPC tokens, of
one or more tasks match those in the CICS
region that issued the dump request.
55──CEMT Set TRDumpcode──┬─(value)─┬───────────5
└─ALl─────┘ REMove
5──┬────────────┬──┬───────────┬───────────────5 This code is to be removed from the dump code table.
├─Trandump───┤ ├─SYsdump───┤
└─NOTrandump─┘ └─NOSYsdump─┘ RESet
5──┬────────────┬──┬─────────┬─────────────────5 The current count of dump calls for this dump code is to
├─SHutdown───┤ ├─RELated─┤ be reset to zero.
└─NOSHutdown─┘ └─Local───┘
SHutdown
5──┬────────────────┬──┬────────┬──5% The CICS system is to shut down after the occurrence of
└─Maximum(value)─┘ ├─RESet──┤
├─REMove─┤ an error corresponding to this dump code.
└─ADd────┘
SYsdump
A system dump is to be taken.
Options Trandump
A transaction dump is to be taken.
(value)
specifies a 4-byte transaction dump code. See the CICS
Messages and Codes manual for a list of transaction
dump codes.
ADd
The specified transaction dump code is to be added to
the dump code table.
ALl
specifies that any changes you request are made to all
resources of the specified type that you are authorized
to access.
| Syntax
|
| ┌─ALl─────┐
| 55──CEMT Set TSqueue──┼─────────┼──────────────5
| └─(value)─┘
| 5──┬─────────────────┬─────────────────────────5
| ├─SYSID(value)────┤
| └─POOLNAME(value)─┘
| 5──┬────────────────────┬──────────────────────5
| └─LAstusedint(value)─┘
| 5──┬─Action(value)─┬──5%
| └─DELETE────────┘
| Options
| (value)
| specifies the identifier of the TS queue
| ALl
| specifies that any changes you request are made to all
| resources of the specified type that you are authorized
| to access.
| ACTION(value)
| specifies the action to be taken on the queue. The
| values are:
| DELETE
| the queue is to be deleted.
| LASTUSEDINT
| if this option is specified, the queue is only deleted if its
| last used interval is greater or equal to the value
| specified.
| POOLNAME(data-value)
| specifies an 8-character pool name.
| SYSID(data-value)
| specifies a 4-character shared sysid.
Syntax
Options
(value)
55──CEMT Set UOWlink(value)──┬─(value)─┬───────5
specifies the 16-character identifier of the UOW to be └─ALl─────┘
committed, backed out, or forced.
5──Delete──5%
ALl
specifies that any changes you request are made to all
resources of the specified type that you are authorized Options
to access.
(value)
Backout specifies the 4-character identifier of the
Attempt to force syncpoint backout processing, as UOW-connection dependency (the UOW-link) to which
specified for this UOW. this command applies.
COMmit ALl
Attempt to force syncpoint commit processing, as specifies that any changes you request are made to all
specified for this UOW. resources of the specified type that you are authorized
to access.
Force
Attempt to force the UOW to backout or commit, as Delete
specified on the ACTION option of the TRANSACTION specifies that the UOW-link is to be deleted.
resource definition.
Note that all these values are valid only for UOWs that have
been shunted in-doubt. For information about the in-doubt
attributes of TRANSACTION definitions, see the CICS
Resource Definition Guide.
CEMT SET VTAM and then closes the terminal sessions tidily.
FORCECLOSE cancels any task and closes the VTAM
Function: Open or close the VTAM ACB, set the ACB, terminating all sessions immediately.
persistent session delay interval (PSDI), or deregister CICS Immclose
from membership of a generic resource. The connection between CICS and VTAM is to be
terminated immediately. Any transactions using
Syntax: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
VTAM-connected terminals are terminated abnormally,
two ways of commencing this transaction:
and all such terminals are lost to CICS.
Type CEMT SET VTAM (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT
The difference between IMMCLOSE and FORCECLOSE
S VT). You get a display that lists the current status,
is that IMMCLOSE cancels any task at a VTAM terminal
similar to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE VTAM. You
and then closes the terminal sessions tidily.
can then tab to the highlighted or blank fields and
FORCECLOSE cancels any task and closes the VTAM
overtype them with the required values.
ACB, terminating all sessions immediately.
Type CEMT SET VTAM (CEMT S VT) followed by one or
more attribute settings that you wish to change. For Open
example, cemt s vt o specifies that the connection The connection between CICS and VTAM is established.
between CICS and VTAM is established. With ACF/VTAM, this refers to the opening of the
ACF/VTAM ACB through which ACF/VTAM
Typing ? at the beginning of either the first or second line communicates with CICS.
gives a syntax prompt. Resetting the values takes effect A CEMT SET VTAM OPEN command will fail with a
immediately. STILL CLOSING message if the command is issued
while a previous predatory takeover is still being
processed. No attempt is made to open the VTAM ACB,
55──CEMT Set Vtam──┬─Open───────┬──────────────5
├─Closed─────┤ because it is still being closed as a result of the
├─Immclose───┤ predatory takeover. After the predatory takeover
└─Forceclose─┘ completes, the CEMT SET VTAM OPEN command will
5──┬─────────────────────┬─────────────────────5 work as normal. The failure is notified by a
└─Psdinterval(hhmmss)─┘ RESP=INVREQ and RESP2=14 condition.
5──┬──────────────┬──5% If CICS is using VTAM multi-node persistent sessions,
└─Deregistered─┘ and VTAM has been restarted after an abend, opening
the VTAM ACB causes CICS to restore the persistent
sessions that VTAM has retained. However, CICS does
Options not restore APPC synclevel 2 sessions, which are
Closed unbound.
The connection between CICS and VTAM is to terminate Psdinterval(hhmmss)
normally; that is, transactions are allowed to complete specifies the persistent session delay interval, expressed
and terminals are released normally. in the form hhmmss. It specifies if and for how long
Deregistered sessions are held in recovery-pending state after CICS
specifies that CICS is to be removed from the VTAM fails. The permitted range is 000000 to 235959 inclusive.
generic resource that it is currently a member of. If you 000000 If CICS fails, sessions are terminated.
deregister a region from membership of a generic
resource, you should end any affinities that it owns—see Hhmmss If CICS fails, sessions are held in
the PERFORM ENDAFFINITY command. recovery-pending state by VTAM for up to
the interval specified.
Generic resources are described in the CICS
Intercommunication Guide. Table 7 on page 211 shows possible CEMT error
Forceclose messages resulting from unsuccessful attempts to set
The connection is terminated immediately, and all the persistent session delay interval.
terminal connections using the VTAM ACB (access
method control block), together with the transactions
associated with them, are terminated abnormally. If
transactions do not terminate because of their state at
the time FORCECLOSE was issued, it is necessary to
issue CEMT SET TASK(nn) PURGE or FORCEPURGE
before the ACB can be reopened.
The difference between IMMCLOSE and FORCECLOSE
is that IMMCLOSE cancels any task at a VTAM terminal
Table 7. CEMT error messages for attempts to set the | CEMT SET WEB
persistent session delay interval
| Function: Open or close CICS internal sockets support,
Message RESP/RESP2
| change Web garbage collection settings, or change Web
INVALID PSDINT RESP=INVREQ, RESP2=4 | 3270 terminal timeout settings.
NOT WITH XRF RESP=INVREQ, RESP2=8
| Input: Press the Clear key to clear the screen. There are
SETLOGON RESP=INVREQ, RESP2=9
FAILURE | two ways of commencing this transaction:
BACK LEVEL RESP=INVREQ, RESP2=10 | Type CEMT SET WEB (the minimum abbreviation is CEMT S
VTAM | W). You get a display that lists the current status, similar
| to that obtained by CEMT INQUIRE WEB. You can then
ACB CLOSED RESP=INVREQ, RESP2=12
| tab to the highlighted or blank fields and overtype them
RECOVERY All other cases of INVREQ | with the required values.
ERROR
| Type CEMT SET WEB (CEMT S W) followed by one or more
| attribute settings that you wish to change. For example,
| cemt s w g specifies that you want to change the
| GARBAGEINT option.
| Displayed fields
| GARBAGEINT
| is the interval at which the Web garbage collection task
| runs to clean up Web 3270 state data for which the
| terminal timeout interval has expired.
| TIMEOUTINT
| is the period of time after which inactive Web 3270
| sessions are eligible for garbage collection.
Ter(xxxx)
displays the 4-character identifier of your terminal.
CEOT in inquiry mode
Tra(ceot)
Type CEOT. You get the following display: displays the transaction that is running on your terminal.
This is always CEOT.
Tti
à STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY
ð The terminal is available for use by transactions initiated
Ter(S2ð8) Tra(CEOT) Pri(ððð) Pag Ins Ati Tti
Net(IGKS2ð8 ) Acq
from this terminal. You cannot change the TTI setting by
CEOT SYNTAX:
< PAgeable | AUtopageable > overtyping it with blanks.
< ATi | NOAti >
< TTi | NOTti >
Figure 141. CEOT transaction: initial screen Type CEOT followed by one or more of the following attributes:
The top half of the screen shows the current status of your
terminal. The bottom half of the screen shows the syntax of 55──CEOT──┬──────────────┬──┬───────┬──────────5
├─PAgeable─────┤ ├─ATi───┤
the CEOT command. └─AUtopageable─┘ └─NOAti─┘
Note: NET, ACQ, and CRE are not displayed for non-VTAM 5──┬───────┬──5%
terminals. ├─TTi───┤
└─NOTti─┘
The status items are displayed in the following sequence.
Note: If an item has a “negative” value—for example,
ATi
NOATI—that value will be replaced by a blank space.
Your terminal is available for use by transactions that
Acq are automatically initiated from within CICS or, if the
CICS is in session with the logical unit represented by terminal is an ISC session, by transactions that are
this terminal. You cannot overtype this value. using this session as an alternate facility to communicate
with another system.
Aut
See ‘AUTOPAGEABLE’ in the Command Options below. AUtopageable
Pages after the first in a series are written to the
The paging status can be modified by overtyping.
terminal automatically. This option should never be used
ATi with a display device.
See ‘ATI’ in the Command Options below.
NOAti
Cre Your terminal is not available for use by transactions that
This terminal can be acquired automatically by ATI are automatically initiated from within CICS or, if the
transactions. You cannot overtype this value. terminal is an ISC session, by transactions that are
using this session as an alternate facility to communicate
Ins with another system.
Your terminal is INSERVICE. You cannot overtype this
value.
NOTti
This terminal cannot be used by transactions that are
initiated from this terminal. Setting NOTTI is valid only
for sequential devices.
PAgeable
Pages after the first in a series are written to the
terminal on request from the operator.
TTi
This terminal can be used by transactions.
Notes:
1. You can use CEOT with the routing transaction (CRTE).
A user can inquire only about his or her own
terminal, and cannot change any of the attributes.
The attributes returned are those of the remote
terminal TCTTE in the application-owning
region(AOR).
You must cancel the CRTE transaction by typing
CANCEL on the command line.
2. Using CEOT in the TOR:
When a terminal is defined as unshippable, and
CEOT is used to change the status of the terminal,
the changes are not reflected in a remote terminal
built in an AOR as a result of a transaction routing
request. The status of the remote terminal is
determined by the remote definition of the terminal
in the AOR.
Even when a terminal is defined as shippable, a
status change made in the TOR, using CEOT, is not
reflected in an existing remote terminal definition in
the AOR. A remote terminal in the AOR is created
from a shippable definition the first time it is required
in the AOR for running a program. The status of the
remote terminal returned is its current status in the
TOR. Any later updates are not passed on to the
remote terminal.
3. If you make an invalid request, CICS lists the keyword
options and waits for a valid keyword entry.
Logs the message on the transient data destination DISCREQ=YES is an operand of the TYPETERM definition
CSCS associated with the terminal, and means that CICS is to
Logs any error message on the transient data honor a disconnect request. If DISCREQ=NO, a disconnect
destination CSMT. request (for example, a CESF LOGOFF request) is not
honored.
If you are using CESF to disconnect a terminal and security
is active, a message will still be sent to the log if the signoff If a CESF GOODNIGHT is given when there are outstanding
fails. However, this will not stop the terminal being automatic transaction initiation (ATI) requests, the ATI
disconnected if it is a preset terminal or if the terminal is not requests are actioned and the session is reacquired
signed on. irrespective of the RDO options.
For these devices, you must code your own transaction using
the EXEC CICS SIGNOFF command. For programming
information about this command, see the CICS Application
Programming Reference manual.
55──CESF──┬───────────┬──5%
├─GOODNIGHT─┤
└─LOGOFF────┘
If you simply type CESF by itself, you are signed off the
CICS system. Your terminal can still start transactions
without you having to request them, and messages can be
sent to it. You can sign on again at that terminal at any time.
where:
Disc The terminal is disconnected.
TTI Terminal transaction initiation is allowed.
Language . . . ___
Users may either press the CLEAR key and type the CICS
á ñ
sign-on transaction id, CESN or, if CESN is specified as the Figure 143. CESN transaction: initial screen
good-morning transaction, CICS displays the sign-on panel
shown in Figure 143. The panel for 40 x 12 size screens is shown below. There is
no space for the release number or the good morning
The user ID specified for this transaction is used in error message.
messages and so on, to identify the user.
Notes:
1. If you sign on at a terminal that is already signed on,
à Sign on for CICS Transaction Server APPLID=CICSA1ðð
ð
Userid . . . . ________
CSSN signs off the previous operator. This does not Groupid . . . . ________
Password . . . . ________
happen, however, unless you complete the CESN panel Language . . . . ___
New Password . . ________
before pressing ENTER. For further information, see
“Signing off with CESN” on page 218.
2. For numeric-only devices or for the IBM 2741
DFHCE352ð Please type your userid.
Communication Terminal, use the signon procedure F3=Exit
| 55──CESN USERID=uuuuuuuu──CESN────────────────5
Signing off with CESN
| 5──USERID=uuuuuuuu──┬───────────────────┬──────5
└─,GROUPID=gggggggg─┘ When a user starts the CESN transaction, CICS verifies
5──┬───────────────┬──┬──────────────┬─────────5 userids and password by calling RACF. If the terminal user
└─,LANGUAGE=lll─┘ └─,PS=pppppppp─┘ sign-on is valid, the CICS user domain keeps track of the
5──┬─────────────────┬──5% signed-on user. Thereafter, CICS uses the information about
└─,NEWPS=password─┘ the user when calling RACF to make authorization checks. If
Note: a user was signed on before the call to RACF, this signed-on
1 Do not use blanks between parameters in the user is signed off by CICS whether the returns from RACF
comma-separated list. are valid or invalid.
NEWPS=password
“password” is your new password (up to 8 characters). A
‘password’ value that consist entirely of space characters
will not be interpreted as a password update request.
The user will not be prompted for verification.
PS=pppppppp
is your password (up to 8 characters). If the password is
required but omitted, then RACF will report a security
You get the following display, with the values of your own
system in each of the fields. à ð
CETR Component Trace Options CI41 IYAHZCCV
Table 9. The meanings of auxiliary trace status values The values are in the range 1 through 32 for most
components. In practice, you will normally want to use an
Auxiliary tracing Auxiliary trace Auxiliary trace
status flag data set
active level of ‘1’ for any component, and you do this by
overtyping (if necessary) the displayed value under the
Started On Open relevant heading for the required component.
Paused Off Open
In certain circumstances, if you have referred a problem to
Stopped Off Closed
the IBM System Support Center staff, they may ask you to
get a level ‘2’ trace. You will need to specify both level 1 and
Two other main functions of CETR are: 2 to get all of the trace points that are needed.
1. Setting the component trace options (press PF4)
You can specify a range of tracing levels—normally levels ‘1’
2. Setting the transaction and terminal trace options (press and ‘2’. You do this by overtyping the displayed value with
PF5). ‘1-2’ or ‘1,2’.
For information about the use of the various CETR options Alternatively, you can type ‘ALL’ in upper or lower case
as an aid to problem determination, see the CICS Problem under the relevant heading. Similarly, you can type ‘OFF’ to
Determination Guide. turn off the tracing for a particular component under either
the ‘special’ or ‘standard’ heading.
The equal sign “=” can be used, when changing several Note: The SZ component can be used only if the Front End
fields, to indicate that a particular field should be changed to Programming Interface feature (FEPI) is installed. For
the same value as the one above. information, see the CICS Front End Programming
Interface User's Guide.
The complete list of components is:
Note: If you use CETR to turn on tracing for a particular
Component Title component, CICS does not save modifications to the
AP Application domain
component trace flags across any kind of CICS
| BA CICS business application manager for BTS restart.
BF* Built-in function support
BM* BMS
BR 3270 Bridge Transaction and terminal-related trace
CP* Common Programming Interface
DC* Dump macro-compatibility
options
DD Directory manager domain
| DH Document handling domain The “Transaction and Terminal Trace” display is produced by
DI* Data interchange pressing PF5 on the main CETR display. It can be used to
DM Domain manager domain set STANDARD, SPECIAL, or SUPPRESSED tracing for
DS Dispatcher domain particular CICS tasks. This is done by setting the appropriate
DU Dump domain value for the transaction ID used to start the task, or for the
EI* Exec interface terminal from which the task is to be run. Note that
| EM Event manager domain for BTS
SUPPRESSED cannot be set for terminals, only for
FC* File control
GC Global catalog domain
transaction IDs. The required terminal can also be specified
IC* Interval control by using its netname.
IS* Intersystems communication and MRO
KC* Task control macro-compatibility Setting SPECIAL tracing for a particular transaction means
KE Kernel that the SPECIAL flags for each component (as defined on
LC Local catalog domain the “Component Trace Options” display) is used to decide
LD Loader domain whether a particular trace entry is to be made at any given
LG Log manager domain point in the process of the task.
LM Lock manager domain
ME Message domain The display layout is as follows:
MN Monitoring domain
NQ Enqueue manager domain
PA Parameter manager domain
PC* Program control à CETR Transaction and Terminal Trace CI41 IYAHZCCV
ð
PG Program manager domain Type in your choices.
RI Resource manager interface (RMI) Item Choice Possible choices
RM Recovery manager domain
Transaction ID ===> Any valid 4 character ID
| RX Recoverable EXCI domain Transaction Status ===> STandard, SPecial, SUppressed
screen, shown in Figure 146 on page 221, where you select The values that can be set from the main panel are:-
the levels of tracing for the required components under the Internal Trace Status - Whether tracing to the main storage trace
table is required.
heading “Special”. Finally, on the “transaction and terminal Internal Trace Table Size - The size of the main storage trace table.
Auxiliary Trace Status - Whether tracing to the current auxiliary trace
trace” screen, shown in Figure 147 on page 222, specify the Auxiliary Trace Dataset -
data set is required.
The current data set. A = DFHAUXT, B = DFHBUXT.
transaction ID and a transaction status of SPECIAL. Auxiliary Switch Status - Whether a switch to the alternate extent is
required at next or all end-of-extents.
GTF Trace Status - Whether CICS is writing its trace data to GTF.
Note that GTF must have been started to MVS.
This display can also be used to enable VTAM exit tracing Master System Trace Flag - This flag must be on if CICS system-requested
entries are to be written for STANDARD tracing
and ZCP trace for specified terminal IDs or netnames. For Master User Trace Flag -
tasks.
This flag must be on if user-requested trace
example, to set VTAM exit tracing in an AOR, enter the entries are to be produced.
applid of the TOR as Netname and enter ON for the PF 3=End 7=Back 8=Next ENTER=End
Terminal VTAM Exit Trace. á ñ
There are also fields that allow enabling of all nonterminal Figure 150. CETR transaction: HELP panel (3)
VTAM exits, and PF6 can be used to cancel all exit tracing.
à ð
HELP panels CETR Help: CICS Trace control facility
The APPLID of the CICS system being queried is displayed in the top á ñ
right corner of the screen.
The component trace panel is used to inquire and set the STANDARD and
SPECIAL trace levels for the individual components of the CICS system.
(1) DATA ENTRY AND ALTERATION.
Every component of CICS has a number of trace points. Associated with
This is achieved by simply over-typing the existing data, and then each is a trace level. These levels are numbers from one to thirty-two.
pressing ENTER. For the trace entry associated with the trace point to be made, the
associated level must be active (except for exception traces).
Abbreviations may be used, provided they are not ambiguous. The minimum
possible abbreviations are listed in capitals to the right hand side of Each CICS task is either a STANDARD tracing task or a SPECIAL tracing
the input fields. For example STO may be entered for STOPPED, but ST task. This distinction is made at task attach time when the STANDARD or
would not be allowed as it could mean STARTED or STOPPED. SPECIAL attributes of the terminal id and transaction id are examined.
These can be set on the Terminal and Transaction Trace panel of CETR.
Erased or blank fields will redisplay the current level settings as
known to CICS. These will be the levels current when ENTER was last Further help information follows:
pressed. They may have been changed from the previously displayed 1. Data entry and alteration 1
values by other activity in the system. 2. Data entry and alteration 2
3. Meanings of Component abbreviations.
All input will be validated when ENTER is pressed, and no internal 4. Function key use on the component trace panels.
settings will be made until all errors have been removed.
PF 3=End 8=Next ENTER=End
From this panel detailed tracing levels can be set for each component.
Each level is specified by a number between one and three, the TR . . . Trace domain
presence of the number indicates that the level is set, the omission TS . . . Temporary storage
of a number indicates that the level is not set. UE . . . User exit interface
US . . . User domain
Multiple consecutive levels are displayed as xx-yy, where xx is the | WB . . . Web interface
lower of the consecutive values, and yy is the higher. For example, XM . . . Transaction manager
if 1-3 was displayed, then trace levels 1,2 and 3 would all be set. XS . . . Security domain
There is more than one page of components. Function keys PF7 and PF8
can be used in the usual way to switch pages. The page may only be
switched when the displayed page contains no errors.
á ñ
PF 3=End 7=Back 8=Next ENTER=End
Erased or blank fields will redisplay the current level settings as ENTER Change Execute any Changes.
known to CICS. These will be the levels set when ENTER was last pressed. PF1 Help Display this help information.
PF3 Quit Return to main Trace Control panel.
All levels may be set by entering ALL and none by entering OFF. PF7 Backward Scroll backward one page.
PF8 Forward Scroll forward one page.
To provide identical level settings for more than one component: PF9 Messages Display any messages created,
- type the setting(s) for the first component, do not press ENTER. these can be warning
- type = in fields where you want this setting duplicated. (informative) messages, or errors.
á ñ
PF 3=End 7=Back ENTER=End
á ñ
Figure 155. CETR transaction: Component trace HELP panel (4)
If you press the help key (PF1) while viewing the terminal ZCP trace is the activate scan trace facility. Turning it on
for a particular terminal means that the activate scan routine
and transaction trace screen, the following panels are of the terminal control program (DFHZCP) will start to monitor
the activate scan queue for the Terminal Control Table Terminal
Entry (TCTTE) for that terminal.
displayed:
When the TCTTE is found, indicating that there is activity on the
terminal, a trace entry is made for the activate scan ZCP routine.
(2) To allow the setting of VTAM EXIT and ZCP tracing. Figure 160. CETR transaction: Terminal and transaction HELP
The current settings will be displayed if transaction id, terminal id panel (3)
or netname are specified without other values.
PF 3=End
3. Function key use on the terminal and transaction panel.
8=Next ENTER=End
à CETR Help: CICS Terminal and Transaction Trace
ð
á ñ (3) FUNCTION KEY USE ON THE TERMINAL AND TRANSACTION PANEL.
CICS VTAM EXIT tracing consists of entries on GTF made by the CICS
supplied VTAM exits that run asynchronously with the rest of CICS.
The exits that are related directly to a particular terminal have their
tracing activated by specifying the terminal id and/or netname and PF 3=End 7=Back ENTER=End
setting ON in the Terminal VTAM Exit Trace field.
There are also non-terminal related exits for which tracing is enabled by
á ñ
specifying SYSTEM in the VTAM Exit override field. A setting of ALL in
the exit override field will turn on exit tracing for all non-terminal
exits, and for all terminal exits for all terminals. Figure 161. CETR transaction: Terminal and transaction HELP
NOTES: panel (4)
(a) Setting trace for any terminal related exit will also turn on trace of
all non-terminal related exits.
(b) CICS GTF tracing need not be STARTED (main panel) to use this facility.
(c) An unknown netname is assumed to be an autoinstall terminal.
(d) Pressing PF6 cancels all tracing from all exits.
(e) Connection name in the termid field causes setting of all sessions.
á ñ
Figure 159. CETR transaction: Terminal and transaction HELP
panel (2)
The CICS recovery manager domain unshunts all Setting a single transaction in-doubt
UOWs that were previously shunted because of the tool.
The commit or backout specifies what happened in the If you want a single transaction to go in-doubt regardless of
dummy coordinator DFHINDSP, and hence what the its transaction class, an application can link to program
CICS recovery manager domain instructs its DFHINDAP. (No commarea is required in this case.) This
subordinates to do when the unshunt takes place. causes that single transaction to go in-doubt without the
For each UOW unshunted, message DFHIN1012 is sent need to type CIND ON. This single transaction can be
to CSMT detailing the UOW status as defined by resynchronized by typing CIND RESYNC COMMIT, and so
coordinator DFHINDSP, and the UOW status held by the on, as described in “Running the CIND in-doubt tool” on
CICS recovery manager. Both states should be the page 227. DFHINDAP works by enabling the in-doubt
same. task-related user exit if necessary and then issuing an API
call to the in-doubt task-related user exit to add the dummy
You can use the CIND RESYNC COMMIT command or coordinator. This has the advantage of allowing a test
the CIND RESYNC BACKOUT command to simulate application to decide it wants to force in-doubt dynamically,
what happens when UOWs are not synchronized. For after it has started. Hence a UOW, other than the first one in
example, a transaction may be run with CIND activated the transaction can be forced in-doubt.
and with a TRANSACTION resource definition that
specifies the INDOUBT attributes WAIT(NO) and
WAITACTION(COMMIT). In this case, the UOW is not
shunted but is forced to commit. The CICS recovery
Resource definitions
manager domain keeps a record of the UOW in order to The required resource definitions for CIND are provided in
resynchronize with the coordinator. CEMT shows the group DFHINDT, which is a member of group list DFHLIST.
UOW in committed status waiting for the return of the
coordinator. If a CIND RESYNC BACKOUT command is
issued at this point, the DFHIN1012 message output to
CSMT shows the UOW to be out of sync, as does
Messages
message DFHRM0111 output by CICS recovery
The in-doubt tool outputs audit trail DFHINxxxx messages to
manager domain.
CSMT at the following times:
When CIND is activated using CIND ON
Inquiring on the status of CIND
When CIND is deactivated using CIND OFF
Type CIND INQUIRE This returns the current status of CIND When a resync is initiated using CIND RESYNC
with one of the following messages: COMMIT or CIND RESYNC BACKOUT
DFHIN1ðð3 date time applid. The in-doubt tool For each UOW acted upon, when:
is active for DFHTCIND tranclass transactions.
– CIND adds itself as coordinator to the UOW
DFHIN1ðð6 date time applid. The in-doubt tool is – CIND simulates losing the link to the coordinator
not active.
system and the UOW is shunted
– CIND simulates losing the link to the coordinator,
Running the in-doubt tool using an EXEC but the UOW is not shunted
CICS LINK command – CIND causes resynchronization of a UOW.
Instead of running the in-doubt tool using a terminal and the
Each message shows the transaction ID, the task number,
CIND transaction, you can use the EXEC CICS LINK
and the UOW identifier.
command to link to the in-doubt tool from an application
passing a commarea; for example:
EXEC CICS LINK PROGRAM('DFHINDT') COMMAREA(COMM)
where COMM is a data-area that contains the commands to
pass to DFHINDT. COMM should contain one of:
' ON '
' OFF '
' RESYNC COMMIT '
' RESYNC BACKOUT '
á ñ
Figure 162. CMAC transaction: initial screen F3=CANCEL
Any combination of these destinations. New-line characters (or carriage returns on a hard-copy
terminal) that are not part of the message are changed to
You can specify that the message is to be sent at some commas, unless they appear at the beginning or end of the
future time. If the message cannot be sent, your terminal is input, in which case they are deleted. In this way, you can
notified. use NL characters as option separators, instead of commas.
For example, on a display device, you could enter:
In addition, standard routing lists can be provided using the
terminal list table (TLT), which can include terminal and CMSG R=(Tðð1,Tðð2)#
operator identifiers. Multiple routing lists can be specified at T=15ðð#
'THE TIME IS 15ðð HOURS'#
the time the message is entered, and individual destinations
S@
can be deleted from, or added to, the lists at this time.
where the ENTER key.
CICS message switching is provided by a service program
invoked by a user-defined transaction identifier that must be You can enter the options, except SEND and CANCEL (one
defined to CICS. This transaction identifier can be CMSG or of which must be entered last), in any order after CMSG and
any user-defined 4-character transaction identifier. CMSG is one or more spaces. You can abbreviate every option,
the transaction identifier assumed throughout this book. except CANCEL, to a single character, and you can include
one or more options in a single input. If you specify two or
You can extend message switching to include predefined
more options, you must follow each by a comma, except the
messages and even complete message-switching transaction
last, which must be followed by a space or by an end-of-data
input formats.
(EOD) condition indicating the end of your input. Any data
The terminals from which message switching is initiated, and following a space in the same input is ignored.
all terminals of message destinations, must support BMS.
To mark the end of a single input:
Routed messages can be directed to a terminal, including the Press the ENTER key on display devices such as the
transaction terminal, that supports partitions. However, such IBM 3270
messages reset the terminal to “base” state.
Press carriage return for hardcopy terminals such as the
IBM 2741.
Sending a message To maintain the conversation with a terminal, the status of all
inputs, except the final input which includes the SEND
To send a message to another terminal or terminals, enter option, is saved in a single temporary-storage record.
the transaction identifier, CMSG, followed by the applicable
options, as shown in the syntax diagram on page A message-switching transaction remains conversational until
“Command syntax” on page 234. ended. This means that all input (even other transaction
identifiers) is passed to the message-switching program. You
Full details of the options are given under “CMSG command must end a message-switching transaction (possibly involving
options” on page 234. multiple inputs) before you can start a different transaction.
Canceling a message there are no spaces between the transaction identifier, the C,
or the following data.)
You can cancel your current message-switching transaction
by entering: For example, enter:
CANCEL as the last 6 characters of your input. You get CMSG R=(T4ð,T41)
the response: and you receive:
R OK CONTINUE INPUT,
TERMINATED BY OPERATOR. T=15ðð
RT OK CONTINUE INPUT
CMSG as your first 4 characters, followed by end-of-data 'THERE WILL BE ....... AT THE
(EOD). You get the response: RT OK CONTINUE MSG
NO INPUT - REENTER. MAIN NIO;FOMH PM VS;OGPTMOS SBR, CANCEL (see Note)
TERMINATED BY OPERATOR
CMSGx as your first 5 characters, where x is any
CMSGCMAIN BUILDING ON CALIFORNIA AVENUE
character other than a space or a C. You get the RT OK CONTINUE MSG
response: IN ROOM 4ð7',SEND
SPACE MUST FOLLOW TRANSID. MRTS OK MESSAGE HAS BEEN ROUTED
CMSG as your first 4 characters followed by a space Note: You can cancel and reenter instead of trying to
and EOD. This starts a new message-switching correct the input. This terminates the entire
transaction. You get the response: transaction. To save the previously entered input,
CONTINUE INPUT. enter CMSGC to restart at the previously saved
status point and continue the message.
The first three examples in this list terminate the
conversation and allow you to enter other transactions. Your terminal is free between a message-switching response
and the next input, and if it is in TRANSCEIVE status, an
automatically initiated task can be started on your terminal
Message-switching continuation before you can continue the message-switching transaction.
The message-switching transaction appears to be Upon completion of this new task, even if it required a
conversational. Internally, a new task is created to process response from you, the message-switching transaction
each message switching input. continues as if nothing had intervened. However, if you
receive a response indicating that the intervening task has
If a task requires more information to complete the issued a RETURN, you must enter the transaction identifier
transaction, the current status of the transaction is saved in followed by C to force continuation of the previous
temporary storage, a response is sent to your terminal, and message-switching transaction.
the task terminates with a requirement that the next task
started be a message-switching task.
Message delivery
The saving of status replaces any previously saved status for
any message-switching transaction from that terminal. You can deliver a message to a destination if the following
conditions are met:
If a message-switching transaction completes successfully, or
The specified delivery time has been reached
you have canceled it, an appropriate response is sent to your
The terminal is INSERVICE, and either:
terminal, the status of the transaction is not saved, and the
– The opid of the operator signed-on matches the
task terminates with no transaction restart specified. The
requested opid if specified in the ROUTE option
saved status is always used by a message-switching task to
continue a conversational input from your terminal. You can or
recall the saved status by entering the transaction identifier – The class of the operator signed-on matches any
to which you have added C (for example CMSGC). You can class specified by the OPCLASS option.
include additional input, but it must follow CMSGC with no
intervening spaces. The processing and paging status of a terminal, which also
affects delivery of eligible messages, is initially specified on
This method is useful because you can enter CANCEL to the CEDA DEFINE TYPETERM command. You can change
bypass errors in the current input and yet not allow the the status using the CEMT, CEST, and CEOT transactions.
conversation to continue. You can then enter, for example
CMSGC and then enter EOD, which puts the terminal in the When the processing status is RECEIVE or TRANSCEIVE, a
conversation that prevailed at the time of the most recent message is sent automatically to the terminal when no
input that has not been canceled or has not resulted in a transaction is attached to it.
message being routed. At this point you could also add an
option if desired, for example CMSGCT=1030. (Note that
When the processing status is TRANSACTION, you must the message) are interpreted as NL characters (there is no
request message delivery by entering a paging command, corresponding key on 3270 family display devices) and
see Chapter 22, “CSPG—page retrieval” on page 253. cause correct positioning of the message on all other
terminals.
A message is formed into one or more “pages”, the size of
which is predefined for a destination by the system
programmer. The terminal processing status determines the IBM 3767 Communication Terminal
delivery of the first or only page of a message. Succeeding
The keyboard/printer unit of the 3767 is eligible for entering
pages, if any, are sent according to the paging status of the
and receiving messages.
terminal as defined by the system programmer.
When the terminal is in PAGE status, you must request Sequential terminal
succeeding pages through a paging command.
On a sequential (BSAM) terminal, the CMSG
When the terminal is in AUTOPAGE status, the complete message-switching facility remains conversational until a
message is printed. message-switching transaction is completed or canceled.
Variable conditions requiring a response, such as operators
not being signed on, can be handled easily from an
Subsystems and terminal systems interactive terminal. These conditions, however, cannot
always be anticipated, and the message-switching task
With the exception of any specific details relating to the continues reading input and issuing error messages until a
ROUTE option (see page 237), all other information on the valid response is received. It is possible that an entire
use of the following subsystems in message switching is sequential input stream could be consumed in such a
given in the appropriate IBM subsystem guides: process. You are advised to ensure that a CMSG CANCEL
IBM 3600 Finance Communication System (VTAM), record appears in the sequential input following each
SC33-0233 message-switching transaction that could possibly require an
IBM 3650 Retail Store System, SC33-0234 unanticipated reply. This is strongly recommended following
IBM 3770 Data Communication System, SC33-0235 the final message-switching transaction.
IBM 3790 Communication System, SC33-0236.
Because positions on the screen that are not keyed are not
received, you can position and display data on the screen in
various ways. For example, you can start each option on a
new line of the display screen. You must include a comma
between consecutive options. Also, if you want to start a new
line within the message text you should enter a field mark
character to indicate the end of the current line. All field mark
characters within a message (including the first character of
Command syntax
┌──
──────────────┐
55──CMSG──┬──────┬──'message'──┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────┬───6┬────────────┬┴───────5
└─MSG=─┘ │ ┌──
───────────────┐ │ └─,OPCLASS=n─┘
└─,ROUTE=──┬──6─Termid──/opid─┴──────────────────┬─┘
├─ALL────────────────────────────────┤
│ ┌──
───────────┐ ┌───────────────────┐ │
└──6─.termlist─┴───6─,±termid──/opid─┴─┘
5──┬─────────────┬──┬─────────────────┬──┬───────────────────────┬──┬─────────────┬────────────────────────5
└─,TIME=value─┘ ├─,DATE=value─────┤ └─,ERRTERM=─┬─Termid─┬──┘ └─,ID=(title)─┘
└─,FULLDATE=value─┘ └─ORIG───┘
5──┬────────────────────┬──┬───────────────────────┬──┬─,SEND───┬──5%
└─,HEADING=─┬─YES─┬──┘ └─,PROTECT=─┬─YES────┬──┘ └─,CANCEL─┘
└─NO──┘ ├─NO─────┤
└─Prefix─┘
| 1 References to "system date", "system time", "system year" and so on mean the date time or year as would be returned by EXEC CICS
| ASKTIME.
Notes: | FULLDATE=value
| The FULLDATE option is similar to the DATE option, but
1. In all cases, the delivery time that you request must
| it requires a four-digit year to be entered. It specifies the
be less than 100 hours from the beginning of the
| date on which you want your message to be delivered. It
current day. This means that the delivery time can
| can be specified in any of the following forms:
never be later than 03.59 on the fourth day from the
current day. | yyyy.ddd year (0000–9999) and day (001–366).
| 2. When processing date options entered in the form | mm/dd/yyyy month (01–12), day (01–31), and year
| yy.ddd, mm/dd/yy and dd/mm/yy, CMSG operates a | (0000–9999).
| 'sliding 50 year window' to establish whether the
| mm/dd month (01–12) and day (01–31).
| year is in this century, the previous century or the
| next century. The two digit year is initially assumed | +d number of days (0–4).
| to be in the same century as the current date. If this
| assumed year is more than 50 years in the past or | The first three of these forms provide ways of specifying
| more than 50 years ahead, it is adjusted | absolute dates, with the year (where used) in a 4-digit
| accordingly. For example, if todays date is the 31st | format. For example, if the current system1 date is in the
| December 1997, the following DATE options are | year 1997, December 31 1997 could be specified as
| handled as follows: | 1997.365, 12/31/1997 or 12/31. In this last case, the
| year of the current system1 date is assumed to be the
| DATE=99.001 is initially assumed to be the
| year for delivery of the message.
| year 1999. Since it is within 50 years of the
| system1 year, the year 1999 is determined to be | (If DATFORM=DDMMYY was specified in the CICS
| the delivery date for the message. | system initialization parameters, enter the second and
| DATE=00.001 is initially assumed to be the | third of these as dd/mm/yyyy or dd/mm).
| year 1900. Since this year is more than 50 | The fourth form allows you to specify a number of days
| years ago, the delivery date is established as | from today. For example, a value of FULLDATE=+3 (or
| the year 2000. | F=+3) means that the message is to be transmitted 3
| In both of these examples above, the delivery date | days from today. The number must be in the range 0–4.
| is not accepted and the message 'DATE TOO FAR | FULLDATE=+d entries are not accepted when the
| IN FUTURE' is displayed. | system1 time is between 2330 and 0030, (to avoid
| confusion at or near midnight). If you use this form of the
| Note that the FULLDATE operand allows a four digit
| command within 30 minutes of midnight, the following
| year to be specified, and removes any possible
| error message is issued:
| ambiguity when using the DATE operand.
| +DATE INVLD FROM 233ð to ðð3ð
ERRTERM
| You can also specify a time for message delivery using
“termid” is the identifier of the terminal to which
| the TIME= option, which is described on page 238. The
notification is to be sent if the message is purged
| effects of TIME= and FULLDATE= together are as
because it is undeliverable.
| follows:
ORIG is a way of specifying the identifier of the
originating terminal. | If you specify neither a time nor a date, the
| message is transmitted as soon as the receiving
Note: A message is considered undeliverable to a | terminal is free.
destination if it cannot be delivered within a
specified interval after the requested delivery | If you specify a time but no date, the message is
time. This interval is specified by the system | transmitted at the specified time today. For example,
programmer. If no interval is specified, no action | if the time now is 09.00 and you specify
is taken for undelivered messages, and the | TIME=0930, or TIME=+30, the message is
ERRTERM option has no effect. | transmitted at 09.30 today.
If PRGDLAY is specified in the system initialization table | If you specify a date but no time, the message is
(DFHSIT), the transient data destination CSMT is | transmitted at the current system1 time on the
notified of the number of undeliverable messages purged | specified date. For example, if the time now is 10.30
for a terminal. In addition, if ERRTERM is entered, the | and you specify FULLDATE=+2, the message is
specified terminal is notified of the message number, title | transmitted at 10.30 in two days’ time.
identifier, and destination of the message. | If you specify both a date and a time, the message
| is transmitted at the specified time on the specified
| 1 References to "system date", "system time", "system year" and so on mean the date time or year as would be returned by EXEC CICS
| ASKTIME.
| date. For example, if you specify New-line (NL) characters within the message are kept.
| FULLDATE=07/29/1998 and TIME=1130, the (If the first character is a new-line character, it is
| message is transmitted at 11.30 on 07/29/1998. deleted.) This allows the operator to enter M=' and then
carriage return (CR) or the equivalent of CR, to begin
| Note: In all cases, the delivery time that you request
entering the message text at the left margin. The first
| must be less than 100 hours from the beginning
CR is deleted. Additional CRs may be entered if blank
| of the current day. This means that the delivery
lines are desired at the top of the transmitted message.
| time can never be later than 03.59 on the fourth
| day from the current system1 date. Note: If the HEADING option is specified, these blank
lines appear between the heading (time, date,
HEADING and originator’s terminal identifier) and the
specifies heading information. You can use H or message.
HEADING in place of HEADING=YES.
With NL processing, the delivered message is positioned
YES at the left margin. If an unformatted message, or a line
Specifies that the current time, date, and within a formatted message, exceeds the line width
identifier of the originating terminal is to precede defined for the receiving terminal, sentences are split
the message text. between words for any line exceeded.
NO OPCLASS
causes a previous heading request to be ignored. One or more numbers, each of which can be in the
range 1–24, that define the operator classes that must
ID=(title)
be signed on before a message can be delivered. If
title specifies the title (maximum length 62 characters) to
more than one number is specified, the list must be
be associated with the message.
enclosed within parentheses. For example,
See Chapter 22, “CSPG—page retrieval” on page 253 OPCLASS=(8,2) causes the message to be sent to all
for commands to request a display of the titles of all terminals that currently have an operator of class 8 or 2
messages queued for immediate delivery to that signed on, and to all terminals that have that operator
terminal. security value specified in their installed definitions. If
OPCLASS=1 is specified, the message is routed to all
MSG=message
terminals that are in service, regardless of whether an
“message” is the text of the message to be sent. The
operator is signed on or not.
keyword MSG and the equal sign are optional. You must
enclose the text within single quotation marks. A single If ROUTE is specified as well, the message is routed to
quotation mark to be included as part of the message all requested destinations, but is not eligible for delivery
must be represented by a pair of single quotation marks. to a terminal unless the class of the operator signed on
The message may be continued across multiple matches one of the numbers specified by OPCLASS.
consecutive inputs. However, if a ROUTE destination is qualified by an
operator identifier, OPCLASS is ignored for that
If the ending single quotation mark is omitted, the entire
destination. For more information about how ROUTE=
input is treated as part of the message and a request to
and OPCLASS= are used together, see the description
continue the message is sent to the terminal. The entire
of the ROUTE option.
transaction may be canceled, or alternatively, options
previously entered for this transaction may be saved by PROTECT
entering a single quotation mark followed by a comma to specifies message recovery for a CICS emergency
terminate the MSG option. The correct message can restart. You can use P or PROTECT in place of
then be reentered; the previous incorrect message being PROTECT=YES.
ignored.
YES
A single quotation mark at the end of data in a MSG
Specifies that $$ is to be prefixed to the
option means either the end of the MSG option, or the
temporary storage data identifier of the stored
first of a pair of single quotation marks indicating that a
message.
single quotation mark is to be included as part of the
message. NO
Specifies that a previous protect request is to be
In this situation, the response to the terminal is:
ignored. This is done by using the default prefix
CONTINUE INPUT OR MSG of **. The same method is used to omit the
If the first character of the next input is a single option altogether.
quotation mark, it is treated as the second of a pair of prefix
single quotation marks and the message is continued. Specifies a 1-or 2-character prefix to be used for
Any character other than a single quotation mark causes the temporary-storage data identifier of the stored
the message to be complete, and that character is message. If a single character only is specified, a
treated as the first character of a new option.
$ is provided as the second character. (For first) with the operator identifier PJ currently signed
example, PROTECT=T causes a prefix of T$.) on. If no such terminal is found, the sending
operator is notified. The operator identifier that you
If this option is omitted, a default prefix of ** is used. ** specify must not contain any of the following
is also the default for user application programs issuing characters:
BMS message requests where no protection is specified
, comma
(REQID option omitted).
) right parenthesis
A temporary-storage table (TST) entry is needed for
each prefix specified in the PROTECT option so that space.
message recovery is effective for that prefix.
Termid/opid
ROUTE is a terminal identifier qualified by an operator
specifies the destinations to receive the message. For identifier to restrict the message delivery to the
routing messages to 3600, 3770 (batch), or 3790 (batch) specified operator at the terminal location. For
terminals, see “Examples of 3600 and 3770 batch example, ROUTE=(LA04,OL/LBS,SF2) routes the
destinations” on page 240. message to terminals LA04 and SF2. The message
is routed to terminal OL only if the operator whose
Termid
identifier is LBS is signed on at that terminal.
is the identifier or identifiers of the terminals to
which the message is to be routed. For example, ROUTE=(T001,T001/OP1,/OP1) causes the same
ROUTE=(LA04,OL,SF2) routes the message to the message to be delivered three times to the same
three terminals with the identifiers LA04, OL, and destination if the operator OP1 is signed on at T001.
SF2. If routing is performed to several terminals of
ALL
the same device and map suffixes, CICS processes
causes the message to be broadcast to all
the message identically for all of them and the most
terminals.
restricting page size prevailing is used.
There is a variable limit on the number of terminals
The length of the terminal identifier specified in a
to which a message can be sent. This limit depends
message-switching transaction must be in the range
on a combination of factors. Significant factors are
1–4 characters, and must not contain any of the
the types of terminal in use, the number of each
following characters:
type, and the length of message sent. The CMSG
/ slash transaction is abended with an abend code of
ABMC if the limit is exceeded.
, comma
Note: If a CMSG ROUTE=ALL is issued to a large
) right parenthesis
number of terminals, a task for each terminal
( left parenthesis is initiated up to the MAXTASK value.
Because the tasks are single threaded, they
+ plus sign
are suspended and can give rise to an SOS
− minus sign condition. For guidance about avoiding this,
* asterisk see the CICS Performance Guide.
blank. .termlist
is a 1-or 2-character terminal list table (TLT) suffix
Note: A single message can be delivered more
preceded by a period. For example, .H3 identifies
than once to the same terminal. For
the terminal list table DFHTLTH3. A maximum of 10
example, the instruction
terminal lists can be specified, and the terminal lists
ROUTE=(T001,T001) causes two
that you specify are merged together. The entries in
transmissions of a single message to
the terminal lists contain terminal identifiers, or
terminal T001. If the destination terminal is
operator identifiers, or both. Duplicate entries within
in TRANSCEIVE status, the message
a single TLT are kept, though entries that are
appears consecutively at the terminal. If the
duplicated among the lists are deleted. (Entries are
terminal is in TRANSACTION status, the
considered duplicate if each has the same terminal
operator must request delivery of the
identifier and operator identifier.)
message.
Here are two examples that show the effects of
/opid merging TLTs that contain duplicate entries. For
is a 1-to 3-character operator identifier preceded by these examples, assume that terminal list table
a slash. The message is routed to the first terminal DFHTLTL1 contains T001 twice, and that
at which an operator with that identifier is currently DFHTLTL2 contains T001 and T001/OP1.
signed on. For example, ROUTE=/PJ routes the
message to the first terminal found (and only the
If a destination is specified by /opid without termid, it Note: The default LDC mnemonic for T363 must
becomes termid/opid, in which termid is the identifier of the indicate the same device type as LDC mnemonic
first terminal or LU to which an operator with that identifier is DS.
currently signed on. If no such terminal or LU is found, the
3. R=ALL*LP
destination is not valid and the operator is notified.
Route message to all terminals (3600, 3770 batch and
interactive logical units, start-stop, and BSC) with all
Examples of 3600 and 3770 batch 3600 destinations qualified by mnemonic LP. LP is
destinations ignored for start-stop and BSC destinations.
N=4. An error (most likely caused by TS) occurred CONTINUE ROUTE OPERAND
on a DFHBMS TYPE=PAGEOUT request. The ROUTE option was being processed in the previous
input and a space or an EOD was found. Continue the
CLEAR/CANCL or cont input|route|msg
ROUTE option.
An operator on a 3270 family display device pressed the
CLEAR key and the message states continue (CONT): DATE ALREADY PASSED
A delivery date before the current day is invalid.
INPUT
The last option in the previous input is complete. DATE INVALID AT xxxxxxxx
Enter an option to continue. DATE must be in one of the following forms:
specification to be eliminated. The message is destination (without entering the option ROUTE= or
routed following this input. R=) that replaces the invalid destination.
3. Any option that causes a return to normal option 2. A space as the first character, which causes the
processing mode. If another ERRTERM option is invalid destination to be deleted.
not entered to correct this condition, the same error
3. Any option that causes a return to normal option
message is repeated after SEND has been
processing mode. If another ROUTE option is not
reentered.
entered, the same condition exists after the SEND
option is reentered.
HEADNG NOT YES/NO AT xxxx
A HEADING option may only be specified as follows:
Note: 1 and 2 cause the message to be routed if the
HEADING resulting destinations are valid; otherwise,
HEADING=YES another error message is issued.
HEADING=NO
H LDC NOT 2 CHARS AT xxxxx
H=YES The LDC mnemonic that follows the * in the ROUTE
H=NO destination must be 2 characters.
ID OPERAND GT 62 CHARS MESSAGE HAS BEEN ROUTED
An ID option must be from 1–62 characters in length, A SEND option has been processed and the message
and enclosed within parentheses. has been routed to its destinations. This is the normal
completion of a message-switching transaction.
ID OPERAND MISSING
The ID option requires the identifier to be enclosed MSG NOT SENT - NO RECEIVER
within parentheses. This condition is caused by an OPCLASS option
specified without a ROUTE option and no operators, with
ID PARAM MISSING OR NO )
the specified operator class, or classes, currently
The ID option must be from 1–62 characters in length
signed-on to terminal types supported by BMS. To
and enclosed within parentheses.
correct this situation, a new destination must be entered
INVALID LDC AT xxxxxxxx by the ROUTE option, or OPCLASS option, or both.
The LDC mnemonic is not valid for the logical unit, or a
NEED OPCLASS OR ROUTE
previous entry contained an LDC mnemonic that
The SEND option was entered without specifying any
indicated a different device type.
destinations for the message. To correct this situation, a
Note: A missing LDC mnemonic can cause this destination must be entered by the ROUTE option, or
message if the default mnemonic for that station OPCLASS option, or both.
indicates a different device type than a previously
indicated mnemonic (specified or defaulted). NO INPUT - REENTER
A transaction identifier was entered followed by
INVALID OPND AT xxxxx end-of-data (EOD), or the number of backspace
An option xxxxx is invalid (possibly caused by a keying characters entered caused the deletion of all the data
error). No data beyond this point was processed. The (including the position following the transaction
status indicators represent the options that are in effect. identification, if present). If the input does not start with
the transaction identifier, the terminal remains in
INVALID TBL SFX AT xxxxx
conversation. Otherwise, it is not in conversation.
A terminal list table suffix must be 1 or 2 characters
preceded by a period. NO MESSAGE PROVIDED
The SEND option was entered without specifying the
INVLD OPERATR ID AT xxxxx
message. To correct the situation, provide the message.
An operator identifier must be 1, 2, or 3 characters
preceded by a slash. NO MSG STRT QUOT AT xxxxx
A MSG parameter must be enclosed within single
INVLD SEPARATOR AT xxxxx
quotation marks. A single quotation mark must follow an
The end of an option must be followed by a space, a
M or MESSAGE.
comma (except for SEND), a carriage return (new-line
character), or end of data (EOD). NO TRMID FOR LDC AT xxxxx
The destination started with an asterisk *. A logical unit
INVLD TERMINL ID xxxx
identification must precede the LDC mnemonic.
There is no entry in the CICS terminal definition for the
terminal identifier specified for a ROUTE destination. NO TERM LIST TBL-xx
The valid operator reply is one of the following: An entry for a terminal list table with suffix xx
(DFHTLTxx) was not found in the CICS system
1. A terminal identifier, or operator identifier, or both, in
definition.
the same format as a normal termid/opid ROUTE
UNSUP OPRT TRMNL xxxxxxxx 6. CMSG ‘FRED - WHAT IS CURRENT STOCK ON P/N
An operator identifier without a terminal identifier was 4837-LP4# BPK’,R=BLD3,H,S
specified as a ROUTE destination; however that This routes a message to BLD3 asking Fred a
operator is signed on to a terminal that is a type not question and including the requestor’s initials
supported by BMS and is, therefore, an invalid (operator identifier). A heading is included so
destination. that Fred also knows the originating termid.
The valid reply to this is the same as for the message 7. CMSG ‘PNO 4837-LP4, QTY 26?’,R=/BPK,H,S
OPRTR ID NOT SIGNDON. This shows Fred’s answer routed to the terminal
at which operator identifier BPK is currently
UNSUP TERMINAL xxxxxxxx
signed on.
A terminal identifier, specified as a ROUTE destination,
is for a terminal type not supported by BMS and is, 8. CMSG ‘BRID KADDER ARRIVING 3:15 PST. PLEASE
therefore, an invalid destination. MAKE RESERVATION# M. KRN’,R=PADC,H,S
This makes a request for a reservation for a Mr
The valid reply to this is the same as for the message
Kadder.
INVLD TERMINL ID.
9. CMSG ‘SHUTDOWN IN 5 MINUTES’,R=ALL,T=1655,S
ZERO LENGTH MSG AT '' This sends the shutdown message to all
A message must have at least one character enclosed in terminals.
single quotation marks. A single quotation mark to be
Note: Examples 1, 2, 3, and 9 are possible candidates for
included as part of a message must be entered as two
inclusion in a sequential (BSAM) terminal input
separate single quotation mark characters. A message
stream during startup.
must start with a single quotation mark and may be
followed immediately by pairs of single quotation marks.
Transaction routing in a multiregion operation (MRO) You end a routing session by entering CANCEL. If you have
environment or for intersystem communication (ISC) is signed on to the remote system, the CANCEL request
usually achieved by making entries in the PCT. The entries automatically signs you off.
define the transaction as remote, and name the system on
which it is to be processed. Entering the transaction code When a routing session has ended, you get the message:
then causes CICS to route the requests to the named ROUTING SESSION TO SYSTEM system-id HAS BEEN TERMINATED
system.
Notes:
The CRTE transaction provides you with another way of
1. If you use CRTE to route transactions through more than
running a transaction on a remote system. Use CRTE, rather
one system, then, to end the routing session, you must
than making special PCT entries, for infrequently-used
press CANCEL the same number of times as you
transactions or when using transactions such as CEMT
entered CRTE.
which reside on all systems. You must use CRTE when EDF
is used to test a transaction running on a remote system. 2. While a terminal is in a routing session with another
However, because the session has to be established and system (that is, during the period between entering
canceled explicitly, additional signon operations may be CRTE and CANCEL) the terminal cannot receive
required. CRTE can be invoked from a 3270 terminal, but not messages delivered by automatic transaction initiation
on LU6.1 links. (ATI).
3. The message cannot be delivered immediately if a
The syntax of the routing transaction is:
transaction:
Runs on a remote system using CRTE
55──CRTE──SYSID=sysid──┬────────────────┬──5%
└─,TRPROF=trprof─┘ Builds a message using BMS paging
Sends the message using a BMS SEND PAGE
command
where
Does not specify either RETAIN or RELEASE.
Sysid
It is delivered when the routing session ends, but only if
is the name of the system that is to process the
the terminal was in TRANSCEIVE status when the
transaction. This sysid is the same as the 4-character
routing session commenced. Alternatively, you can
CONNECTION specified, either by using RDO (resource
retrieve the message (while still routed) using BMS
definition online), or the 4-character SYSIDNT specified
paging commands.
in the DFHTCT TYPE=SYSTEM definition of the remote
system. 4. There are some restrictions on the use of CRTE with
BMS chaining of messages:
Trprof
is the 8-character name of the profile to be used for the You cannot use CRTE as a chained transaction
session that carries the intersystem flows, if that session without losing the logical message from which
uses VTAM. If VTAM is used and ‘trprof’ is not entered, CRTE was to be chained.
the default profile DFHCICSS is used. You cannot use chaining within a routing session
without purging the logical message currently
The routing transaction verifies that the specified remote attached to the terminal.
system is known and is available. If it is, a message is
displayed confirming that a routing session to the required You cannot route transactions back to any system in
system has been started. the chain.
When you have received this message, you can clear the
screen and enter the transaction identifier for the transaction
that is to be run on the remote system. In fact, you can use
the terminal as if it were connected directly to the remote
system, although you might be asked to sign on to the
remote system before being allowed to run any transactions.
The transactions that you can invoke include
pseudoconversational transactions, BMS paging transactions,
and even CRTE itself. However, you cannot use transactions
For information about the use of this transaction, see the SPOOLFE
CICS Problem Determination Guide. is the system spooling interface trace and diagnostic
facility.
Terminal test
Terminal builder trace
You can use CSFE to test your terminal, but only if it is one
of the terminals supported by CICS. You can use the CSFE transaction to activate and deactivate
the terminal builder trace.
You cannot use CSFE to test the following:
IBM 2780 Data Transmission terminals 55──CSFE zcqtrace──┬─=termid──────┬──5%
IBM 3600 Finance Communication System terminals ├─,AUTOINSTALL─┤
└─,OFF─────────┘
IBM 3614 Consumer Transaction Facility terminals
IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered terminals
,AUTOINSTALL
Output-only printers (for example, printers of the IBM Switches tracing on for autoinstalled terminals.
3270 Information Display System).
,OFF
You start the transaction by entering CSFE on the command Switches tracing off for individual and autoinstalled
line of the screen, as follows: terminals.
CSFE =termid
Press the ENTER key. You get the following display: Switches tracing on for the terminal or connection
identified by termid.
DFHFE33ð4 Enter PRINT for character set, END to
terminate. All other data will be echoed.
END
When you type END on the command line of the screen,
the test ends.
PRINT
When you enter PRINT, all characters printable or
capable of display at the terminal are sent to your
terminal.
CHKSTRM={CURRENT|NONE}
You must code the options in the order shown in the syntax The terminal subpools, above and below the line, are to
display above. be checked for the CURRENT task or for NONE (no
tasks).
STGFRZ= ON or off
specifies that you want the storage freeze function to be
set on or off. If you omit this option, storage freeze is
set to OFF by default. To improve efficiency, storage
freeze should be switched OFF when not required.
TASKREQ=yyy
This is an alternative method of identifying the
transaction. “yyy” is the PA or PF key definition on a
3270 display device which identifies the transaction for
which storage freeze is to apply. For example,
TASKREQ=PA1.
TRANID=xxxx
Identifies the transaction for which storage freeze is to
apply.
This trap lets you verify the user storage associated with the
currently active task. The storage violation trap is entered
before the trace program returns to its caller after making a
trace entry.
55──CSFE DEBUG──┬─,TRAP=─┬─ON──┬───┬──5%
│ └─OFF─┘ │
└─,GTRAP=─┬─ON──┬──┘
└─OFF─┘
TRAP={ON|OFF}
The global trap/trace program exit routine is to be
activated or deactivated.
GTRAP={ON|OFF}
The global kernel exit routine is to be activated or
deactivated. On each domain call and return, and each
subroutine call and return, the kernel invokes the global
kernel exit routine, if it is activated.
TRAP= ON or off
specifies that the global/trap exit routine is to be
activated or deactivated.
Chain a logical message, that is, retain the previous For more information on levels of messages, see
logical message on direct access storage while you “Message chaining” on page 255.
enter a new transaction.
B Defines the next operation to be performed on the
Purge a logical message, that is, erase it from direct
logical message at the current level, or at the level
access storage; a paging session must be ended by
specified by the a option It can be one of the following:
purging the message.
Copy a page to another terminal. n page n
+n page n pages forward
You select the above functions by entering a unique
identification code for each function. This code is 1–7 -n page n pages backward
characters long, and is defined by the PGRET, PGCHAIN, P previous page
PGPURGE, and PGCOPY system initialization parameters.
C redisplay current page (after clearing the screen)
Do not use codes that are the same as the leading N next page
characters of any transaction defined in the PCT.
L last page
A for an autopaging (that is, hard copy) terminal
Retrieve a page that is temporarily in paging mode: return the
terminal to autopaging mode and output all
The page retrieval command allows you to retrieve a remaining pages.
specified page. If partitions are in use, the page retrieval This is discussed further under “Status of
command refers to the partition in which it has been entered hardcopy terminal” on page 257.
(see “Inquiring on the status of CIND” on page 228).
X enter data that is not recognized as a paging
command.
This is discussed further under “Single keystroke
retrieval (SKR)” on page 254.
*ldc If you omit *ldc, and the application program in the logical
Is the LDC for the device to which you want to send the device does not provide a default, BMS selects the first page
message. (See Page retrieval for logical devices.) destined for a logical device that is currently in PAGE status.
The application program in the logical unit should provide a
*ALL
default LDC, because pages may be delivered to logical
A special case of *ldc.
devices other than those you originally specified.
Hhhhhh
In either case, if your request is the first request for a page
Is the 6-digit hexadecimal identifier of an undelivered
from a logical message, all pages (within the logical
logical message to be retrieved. You would normally
message) destined for logical devices currently in
determine this identifier by entering a page query
AUTOPAGE status are delivered after the first or specified
command (see “Display information about logical
page is delivered to a device in PAGE status.
messages” on page 255).
If you do not specify an identifier, the oldest message is The getpageA command supports an *ldc specification for
retrieved. After a paging session has started, you can nonrouted messages created for a 3601 logical unit. The
omit hhhhhh because all subsequent pages are from the various forms of getpageA are interpreted as follows:
current message.
getpageA*ALL-resets to autopaging and delivers all
pages for the logical devices that have autopage
In the following examples, P/ is the page retrieval transaction
specified in the terminal definition, but that were
identifier:
temporarily placed in page status by the CICS
P/7 Retrieve page 7 of this message. application programmer.
P/N Retrieve next page (following the one being getpageA*ldc-resets the specified logical device to
displayed) of this message. autopage and delivers the pages for that *ldc. The
P/(N)9 Retrieve page 9 of the next message (of several that command is similar to getpageA*ALL, except that it
have been chained). operates only for the specified logical device.
getpageA-resets to autopaging and delivers the
Single keystroke retrieval (SKR) remaining pages for the logical device for which pages
are currently being displayed.
If you use a 3270 display device under BTAM or VTAM, you
| can use PA or PF keys, as defined in the SKRxxxx system
Page retrieval and partitions
| initialization parameter, to enter page retrieval commands,
and greatly reduce the number of keystrokes necessary in a The page retrieval commands, including any PA and PF keys
page retrieval session. used in single keystroke retrieval, refer to the partition in
which they are entered. For example, P/N means ‘retrieve
After the session has ended, the PA and PF keys can again
the next page for this partition’. The partition in which the last
be used for initiating transactions in the usual way. The CICS
paging command is entered is the current partition. A paging
System Definition Guide gives further information on this command for a partitioned message entered on a
topic.
nonpartitioned screen (that is, after CLEAR) refers to the
current partition.
Page retrieval for logical devices
After a transition from base (unpartitioned) state to
Your application program can send messages to a partitioned state, or a change of partition set (that is, the
communication system such as the IBM 3600. Your initial page display, a page display following CLEAR, or
application program can also send different pages to each of following a change in the level of page chaining), the current
the logical devices within the system. These pages must be page is displayed in each partition. The current page is
grouped as a single logical message, held in storage. initially the first page for that partition. It is updated by page
retrieval commands.
Each part of a logical message is accompanied by a logical
device code (LDC) that identifies its destination. When
retrieving the pages for a logical device, you must specify the
LDC for that device. However, you do not need to do this if
the user-written program in the logical device controller
provides a default LDC mnemonic.
If you specify the page number and *ldc, delivery begins with
the specified page for that logical device. If the logical device
is in AUTOPAGE status, all pages for that logical device,
starting with the requested page, are written. If the logical
device is in PAGE status, only the specified page is written.
C/PREC 1ð43 example), view the summary page (level one) and then enter
C/PREC 3642; the new transaction becomes level two and
This finds the personnel record for employee number 1043. all other chained messages below that are erased (assuming
PREC is the identifier of a user-written transaction for that they have been built using a SEND PAGE command
examining personnel records. Receive: with the OPERPURGE option omitted).
NAME - BERESFORD, JERRY A.
EMPLOYEE NO - 1ð43 Messages involving different partition layouts (different
(and so on) partition sets, including unpartitioned) may be chained. The
current page in each partition is redisplayed on a change of
To go back to the list of names, enter:
message level.
T/C
T/ is the user-defined transaction identifier that terminates the
message at the current level of chaining (see Message Message termination
termination).
You can erase a logical message using the message
Receive: terminate command. If the logical message is security
BERESFORD, J.A. 1ð43 protected, it is terminated only if your identification or class
LEVY, A.R. 7121 matches that in the message. After an erase, the last
WALTON, J. 8143 message still in the chain is displayed. The format of the
message terminate command is as follows:
You can now examine Levy’s record.
Enter: Msgterm
A user-defined transaction identifier (1–7 characters) for
C/PREC 1ð43
the message termination transaction (for example T/) as
Receive: defined in the PGPURGE system initialization parameter.
NAME - BERESFORD... A Terminates all logical messages destined for and being
Enter: displayed on that terminal (including routed messages
not yet displayed). The following message is received
C/PREC 7121
when termination has been completed:
Receive:
DFHTP4122 Requested purge completed successfully
NAME - LEVY...
B Terminates the logical message being displayed on that
Enter:
terminal and all logical messages chained to it. This
C/PREC 8143 does not include routed messages. Whenever you have
Receive: finished with all the output from a transaction, you
should terminate the base message by entering a
NAME - WALTON... command of the form msgtermB. If the message has
been built using a SEND PAGE command with the
There are now four levels of logical messages at the
OPERPURGE option omitted, you can terminate the
terminal. You can now page back and forth between the
paging session by entering data other than a paging
personnel records. Enter:
command.
P/(2)1
C Terminates the current (level) logical message and any
Receive:
messages chained below it.
NAME - BERESFORD...
H Terminates all logical messages chained to the base
Enter: logical message being displayed on that terminal. The
P/(L)1 page of the base message that was most recently
Receive: displayed is redisplayed at the terminal.
Field and character attributes in the copied page that are not
supported by the target terminal are ignored. The copied
page is reformatted if it does not fit on the target terminal.
Field and character attributes are discarded in the
reformatting. If partitions are in use, the page copy command
copies the displayed page for the partition in which the copy
command is entered.
55──CWTO──Message──5%
If you enter CWTO with no message text, you are prompted for
your message as follows:
ENTER MESSAGE
Index 267
CATD transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE (continued)
CATR transaction 263 DOCTEMPLATE 72
CAUSE NAME 72
CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146 TEMPLATENAME 72
CAVM (CICS availability manager) 25 TEMPLATETYPE 72
CBAM transaction 9, 263 TYPE 72
CBRC transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE definition
CCIN transaction 263 DDNAME 72
CDATAKEY CEMT transaction 263
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135 ? character 45
CDBC transaction 11, 263 * symbol 47
CDBD transaction 263 + in CEMT syntax 47
CDBF transaction 263 + in scrolling 48
CDBI transaction 13, 263 abbreviation of keywords 46
CDBM transaction 15, 263 AUTINSTMODEL 53
CDBN transaction 263 AUTOINSTALL 54, 161
CDBO transaction 263 AUXTRACE 55, 162
CDBQ transaction 263 blank fields in a display 48
CDBT transaction 263 CEMT as a prompter 45
CDFS transaction 263 CEMT on the command line 45
CDSASIZE CFDTPOOL 57
CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 73 CONNECTION 58, 163
CDTS transaction 263 DB2CONN 63, 167
CEBR transaction 19, 263 DB2ENTRY 171
CEBT transaction 263 DB2TRAN 70, 174
AUXTRACE 21, 27 DBENTRY 67
CICS availability manager (CAVM) 25 DELETSHIPPED 70, 175
DUMP 22, 28 DISCARD 49, 50
GTFTRACE 23, 28 DOCTEMPLATE 71
INQ|SET 21 DSAS 72, 176
INTTRACE 23, 29 DSNAME 74, 176
PERFORM 25 DUMP 156
request formats 21 DUMPDS 79, 179
SHUTDOWN 25 ENDAFFINITY 156
SNAP 26 ENQ 80
SURVEILLANCE 24, 29 ENQMODEL 82
TAKEOVER 24, 26, 30 ENQQUEUE 179
XRF complex 21 EXCI 83
CECI transaction 31, 263 Family of resources 47
CECS transaction 32, 263 FILE 85, 180
CEDA transaction 33, 263 generic names 47
security checking 38 generic resource identifiers 47
CEDB transaction 33, 263 GTFTRACE 89, 184
CEDC transaction 33, 263 INQUIRE 45
CEDF INTTRACE 90, 184
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107 invoking from an application program 49
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 IRBATCH 90
CEDF transaction 41, 263 IRC 91, 185
CEDFSTATUS JMODEL 92
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107 JOURNALNAME 93, 186
CEDX transaction 263 LINE 94, 186
CEGN transaction 263 MODENAME 95, 187
CEHP transaction 263 MONITOR 97, 188
CEHS transaction 263 NETNAME 99, 190
CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE overtyping a display 47
APPENDCRLF 71 PARTNER 102
Index 269
CLOSED (continued) COMAUTHID
CEBT SET DUMP 28 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
CEMT INQUIRE DUMPDS 79 CEMT SET DB2CONN 168
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 COMAUTHTYPE
CEMT INQUIRE IRC 91 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
CEMT INQUIRE MODENAME 96 COMMAND
CEMT INQUIRE RRMS 110 CEBT SET TAKEOVER 30
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127 command interpreter transaction (CECI) 31
CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 153 command syntax checker (CECS) 32
CEMT SET DUMPDS 179 commands
CEMT SET FILE 181 CEBT INQ|SET 21
CEMT SET IRC 185 CEBT PERFORM 25
CEMT SET MODENAME 188 CEMT DISCARD 50
CEMT SET TDQUEUE 203 CEMT INQUIRE 53
CEMT SET VTAM 210 CEMT PERFORM 155
CLQ2 transaction 263 CEMT SET 160
CLR1 transaction 263 paging 253
CLR2 transaction 263 COMMIT
CLS1 transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 62
CLS2 transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 78
CLS3 transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
CLS4 transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134
CMAC transaction 229 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CMDPROT CEMT SET CONNECTION 164
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 116 CEMT SET DSNAME 177
CMDPROTECT CEMT SET UOW 209
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 116 COMMITFAIL
CMPX transaction 263 CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146
CMSG transaction 231, 263 communicating with CICS 1
CANCEL 234 compatibility, CSD, across CICS releases 37
DATE 234 COMPLETE
ERRTERM 235 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60
FULLDATE 235 component trace options 221
HEADING 236 COMTHREADLIM
ID 236 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
logical unit destination 239 CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
MSG 236 COMTHREADS
OPCLASS 236 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
options 234 CONCURRENCY
program (DFHMSP) 241 CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107
PROTECT 236 CONNECING
ROUTE 237 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
SEND 238 CONNECT
syntax 234 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
TIME 238 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
CMTS transaction 263 CONNECTED
COBOL CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 CEMT INQUIRE TSPOOL 140
codes, display 229 CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
COLD CONNECTERROR
CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 152 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
COLDACQ CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101 CONNECTION
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132 CEDA 36
CEMT SET NETNAME 190 CEMT DISCARD 51
CEMT SET TERMINAL 205 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
Index 271
CSSC transaction 264
CSSF transaction 264 D
CSSX transaction 264 D
CSSY transaction 264 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 122
CSTE transaction 264 DAE
CSTP transaction 264 CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115
CSXM transaction 264 CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 196
CSZI transaction 264 DAEOPTION
CTERM CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64 data sets
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEMT requests 85
CTERM option CEMT SET requests 180
DSNCRCT macro 169 database control (DBCTL)
CTIN transaction 264 connection to 11
CTLGALL disconnection from 11
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117 database control inquiry transaction (CDBI) 13
CEMT SET SYSTEM 198 database control interface transaction (CDBM) 15
CTLGMODIFY database control menu transaction (CDBC) 11
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117 DATABUFFERS
CEMT SET SYSTEM 198 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128
CTLGNONE DATALOC
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117 CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107
CEMT SET SYSTEM 198 DATASET
CTSD transaction 264 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81
CTX CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64 CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150
CURAUXDS DATASETFULL
CEMT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 56 CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146
CURRENT DATE
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CMSG 234
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 136 DATE ALREADY PASSED
CSFE 250 CMSG 242
CURRENT(A|B) DATE INVALID AT XXXXXXXX
CEBT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 21 CMSG 242
CURRENTDDS DATE NOT XX/XX AT XXXXX
CEBT INQUIRE DUMP 22 CMSG 242
CEMT INQUIRE DUMPDS 79 date resetting 157
CURREQS DATE TOO FAR IN FUTURE
CEMT INQUIRE AUTOINSTALL 54 CMSG 242
CUSERID DATFORM, system initialization parameter 4
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64 DB2
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159
CVMI transaction 264 DB2 definitions
CWBA transaction 264 connection
CWBC transaction 264 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN command 63
CWBG transaction 264 CEMT SET DB2CONN command 167
CWBM transaction 264 entry
CWTO transaction 259, 264 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY command 67
CWXN transaction 264 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY command 171
CXCU transaction 264 transaction
CXRE transaction 264 CEMT INQUIRE DB2TRAN command 70
CXRT transaction 264 CEMT SET DB2TRAN command 174
DB2CONN
CEDA 36
CEMT DISCARD 51
Index 273
DSALIMIT (continued)
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 E
DSAS ECDSASIZE
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 72 CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 73
CEMT SET transaction 176 EDF (execution diagnostic facility) 41, 247
DSNAME EDSALIMIT
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 75 CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 73
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86 CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128 CEMT SET DSAS 176
CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146 CEMT SET SYSTEM 199
CEMT SET FILE 181 EMPTYREQ
CEMT SET transaction 176 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86
CEMT transaction 74 CEMT SET FILE 182
DSNC transaction 261, 264 EMPTYSTATUS
DSNC transactions CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86
DISCONNECT 261 ENABLED
DISPLAY 261 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68
MODIFY 261 CEMT INQUIRE ENQMODEL 83
STOP 261 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 87
STRT 261 CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 93
DSRTPROGRAM CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127
DTRPROGRAM CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 116, 117 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 CEMT SET ENQMODEL 179
DUMMY CEMT SET FILE 182
CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL 92 CEMT SET JOURNALNAME 186
CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 94 CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE 192
DUMP CEMT SET PROGRAM 193
CEBT 22 CEMT SET TDQUEUE 203
CEBT INQUIRE DUMP 22 CEMT SET TRANSACTION 206
CEBT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 25 ENABLESTATUS
CEBT PERFORM TAKEOVER 26 CEMT INQUIRE AUTOINSTALL 54
CEBT SET transaction 28 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68
CEMT PERFORM DUMP 156 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 87
CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158 CEMT INQUIRE PROCESSTYPE 104
CEMT transaction 156 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127
DUMPDS CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT INQUIRE DUMPDS 79 END
CEMT SET transaction 179 CSFE 249
CEMT transaction 79 ENDAFFINITY
DUMPSCOPE CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CEMT SET CONNECTION 164
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 ENDOFDAY
DURATION CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS 111
CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81 CEMT SET STATISTICS 194
CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 149 ENQ
DYNAMIC CEMT transaction 80
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77 ENQFAILS
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81
DYNAMSTATUS CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 149
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107 ENQMODEL
CEDA 36
CEMT DISCARD 51
CEMT INQUIRE ENQMODEL 82
CEMT transaction 82
Index 275
FORCECLOSE (continued) GMT
CEMT SET VTAM 210 CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98
FORCEDISABLED GRNAME
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60
FORCENOTCONNECTED CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 153
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 GROUP
FORCEPURGE CEDA 37
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 61 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101 CEMT SET DB2CONN 168
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 172
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131 group identifier 218
CEMT SET CONNECTION 164 GROUPID
CEMT SET LINE 186 CESN 218
CEMT SET NETNAME 190 GRSTATUS
CEMT SET TASK 200 CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 153
CEMT SET TERMINAL 205 GTF trace 221
FORCEQR GTFTRACE
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117 CEBT INQUIRE GTFTRACE 23
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 CEBT INQUIRE transaction 23
FORCEUOW CEBT SET transaction 28
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 62 CEMT INQUIRE GTFTRACE 89
CEMT SET CONNECTION 164 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 89
FREEING CEMT SET transaction 184
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60 GTRAP
FREQUENCY CSFE DEBUG 251
CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 97
CEMT SET MONITOR 189
FRLOG H
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77 hardcopy terminal 257
Front End Programming Interface (FEPI) ix HBACKOUT
FTYPE CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 120 HCOMMIT
FULL CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE 191 HEADING
FULLAPI CMSG 236
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 HEADNG NOT YES/NO AT XXXX
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 CMSG 243
FULLDATE hexadecimal values 48
CMSG 235 HHHHHH
FWDRECOVABLE CSPG 254, 257
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 HHMM
FWDRECOVLSN CMSG 238, 244
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 78 HHMMSS
CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 154
CEMT SET VTAM 210
G HIGH
GARBAGEINT CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
CEMT INQUIRE WEB 154 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69
CEMT SET WEB 211 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
generic names 47 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
generic resource identifiers 47 HTIME
GETPAGE CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
CSPG 253, 255 HTYPE
global kernel exit routines 251 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
global trap/trace program exit routine 251 HVALUE
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
Index 277
IRC (continued) LCKSTRUCFULL
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 91 CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 147
CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 151 LDC (logical device code) 239
CEMT SET transaction 185 LDC NOT 2 CHARS AT XXXXX
IRC (interregion communication) CMSG 243
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 91 LE/370 108
CEMT SET transaction 185 LE370
ISOLATE CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134 LENGTH
ISOLATEST CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134 CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 141
LINE
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 94
J CEMT SET transaction 186
JAVA LINE(VALUE)
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 CEMT INQUIRE LINE 95
JMODEL LINK
CEMT DISCARD 51 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 143
CEMT transaction 92 CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 151
JMODEL(VALUE) LIST
CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL 92 CEDA 37
JOURNALMODEL Lists
CEDA 37 of resource identifiers 47
JOURNALNAME LOAD
CEMT DISCARD 51 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 87
CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL 92 CEMT SET FILE 182
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159 LOADTYPE
CEMT transaction 93 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 87
JOURNALNAME(VALUE) LOCAL
CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 93 CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98
JVM CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 100
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115
JVMCLASS CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 196
JVMDEBUG CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 LOCATION
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 141
K LOCKING
kernel exit routines, global 251
CEMT SET FILE 182
key, tab 48
LOGDEFER
KEYLENGTH
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 87
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199
CEMT SET FILE 182
logical device code (LDC) 239
keyword, minimum abbreviation 2
logical unit destination 239
LOSTLOCKS
L LOW
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77
LANGUAGE
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
CESN 218 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69
Language Environment/370 108 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
LASTUSEDINT CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 141 LSRPOOL
CEMT SET TSQUEUE 208 CEDA 37
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159
Index 279
messages (continued) MSGQUEUE2 (continued)
ROUTE INVALID AT xxxxx 244 CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
sending 231 MSGQUEUE3
SPACE MUST FOLLOW TRANSID 244 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
TERMID GT 4 CHAR AT xxxxx 244 CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
TERMID NOT +/− AT xxxxx 244 MSGTERM
TERMINATED BY OPERATOR 244, 259 CSPG 256
terminating in partition 5 multiple console support 5
termination 256 multiple destinations, message switching 231
TIME ALREADY PASSED 244 multiregion operation (MRO) 247
TIME INVALID AT xxxxx 244 MVS
TIME NOT 4 CHARS AT xxxxx 244 CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL 92
TOO MANY TBL SFX AT xxxxx 244 CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 94
UNBALANCD PARENS AT xxxxx 244
UNSUP OPRT TRMNL xxxxxxxx 244
UNSUP TERMINAL xxxxxxxx 245 N
ZERO LENGTH MSG AT '' 245 N906D
messages and codes, display 229 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
MESSCHN NAME
CSPG 255 CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE 72
MINITEMLEN NAMEIND
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127
MM/DD NATLANG, system initialization parameter 218
CMSG 234, 235 NATURE
MM/DD/YY CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 100
CMSG 234 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131
MM/DD/YYYY NEED OPCLASS OR ROUTE
CMSG 235 CMSG 243
MOD NEGPOLL
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 126 CEMT INQUIRE LINE 95
MODENAME CEMT SET LINE 186
CEMT INQUIRE MODENAME 96 NET
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 95 CEOT 213
CEMT SET transaction 187 NETID
MODENAME, CEMT requests 187 CEMT PERFORM ENDAFFINITY 156
MODIFY command 6 NETNAME
MONITOR CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60
CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 97 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 100
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 97 CEMT INQUIRE PARTNER 103
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131
CEMT SET transaction 188 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 99
MRO (multiregion operation) 247 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 143
MROBATCH CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117 CEMT PERFORM ENDAFFINITY 156
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 CEMT SET transaction 190
MSG NETUOWID
CMSG 236, 242 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81
MSG NOT SENT - NO RECEIVER CEMT INQUIRE UOW 143
CMSG 243 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 149
MSGCOPY CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 151
CSPG 257 NETWORK
MSGQUEUE1 CEMT INQUIRE PARTNER 103
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 networks
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 99
MSGQUEUE2 CEMT SET transaction 190
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
Index 281
NORESTART NOTREQUIRED
CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158 CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107
NORETAINED NOTRLS
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88
NOROLLBACK CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 148
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 CEMT SET FILE 183
CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68 NOTROUTABLE
NOSDTRAN CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135
CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158 NOTSOS
NOSECURITY CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 72, 73
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118
NOSHUTDOWN NOTSUPPORTED
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 NOTTABLE
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 CEMT SET FILE 183
NOSWITCH NOTTI
CEBT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 21 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 102
CEBT SET AUXTRACE 27 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132
CEMT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 56 CEMT SET NETNAME 191
CEMT SET AUXTRACE 162 CEMT SET TERMINAL 205
NOSYNCPOINT CEOT 214
CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98 NOTWAIT
CEMT SET MONITOR 189 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
NOSYSDUMP CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197 NOUPDATE
CEMT SET SYSTEM 199 CEMT INQUIRE FILE 89
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 CEMT SET FILE 183
NOSYSLOG NOWAIT
CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME 113 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
NOTAPPLIC CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77 CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134
CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 147 NRS
notation, syntax 2 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 61
NOTCONNECTED NUMBER
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 CEMT INQUIRE LINE 95
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEMT SET LINE 187
NOTDEFINED NUMITEMS
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142
NOTDYNAMIC
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108
NOTPENDING O
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60 OBJECT
CEMT SET CONNECTION 165 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76
NOTPURGEABLE OBTAINING
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60
CEMT SET TRANSACTION 206 OFF
NOTRANDUMP CEBT SET SURVEILLANCE 29
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 CEDF 41
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 CEDX 43
NOTRECOVABLE CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS 112
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 CEMT SET MONITOR 189
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142 CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE 191
Index 283
partitions, BMS 4 plus sign in scrolling under CEMT 48
PARTITIONSET POOL
CEDA 37 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109 POOLNAME
PARTNER CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138
CEDA 37 CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 141
CEMT DISCARD 51 CEMT SET TSQUEUE 208
CEMT INQUIRE PARTNER 103 positional fields 47
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 102 PREFIX
PATH CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 CMSG 236
PAUSE PRFILE
CEBT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 21 CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134
CEBT SET AUXTRACE 27 PRGDLAY, system initialization parameter 235
CEMT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 56 PRI
CEMT SET AUXTRACE 162 CEOT 213
PENDING PRINT
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60 CSFE 249
PENDSTATUS print (PA1) key 5
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 60 PRIORITY
PERF CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65
CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69
CEMT SET MONITOR 189 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 100
PERFCLASS CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
CEMT INQUIRE MONITOR 98 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131
PERFORM, CEBT CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134
SHUTDOWN 25 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
SNAP 26 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
TAKEOVER 26 CEMT SET NETNAME 191
PERFORM, CEMT CEMT SET TASK 200
RESET 157 CEMT SET TERMINAL 205
SECURITY 157 CEMT SET TRANSACTION 206
SHUTDOWN 158 PRIVATE
STATISTICS 159 CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109
PF (program function) key 46 CEMT SET PROGRAM 193
PGCHAIN, system initialization parameter 253, 255 PROCESS
PGCOPY, system initialization parameter 253, 257 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
PGPURGE, system initialization parameter 253, 256 CEMT SET PROCESSTYPE 191
PGRET, system initialization parameter 253, 255 PROCESSTYPE
PHASEIN CEDA 37
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107 CEMT DISCARD 52
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
PLAN CEMT INQUIRE transaction 103
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 CEMT SET transaction 191
CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69 PROFILE
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169 CEDA 37
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173 CEMT DISCARD 52
PLANEXITNAME CEMT INQUIRE PARTNER 103
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 CEMT INQUIRE PROFILE 105
CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 105
CEMT SET DB2CONN 170 profile, rebuild 157
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173 PROGAUTO
PLi CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 108 PROGAUTOCTLG
PLT CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 117
CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158 CEMT SET SYSTEM 198
Index 285
READSTATUS RELEASED
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
REASON CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101
CEMT INQUIRE UOWDSNFAIL 146 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132
REBUILD CEMT SET CONNECTION 166
CEMT PERFORM SECURITY 157 CEMT SET NETNAME 191
rebuild resource profiles 157 CEMT SET TERMINAL 205
RECONNECT REMLOSTLOCKS
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77
CEMT SET DB2CONN 170 REMOTE
RECORD CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86
CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS 112 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159 REMOTEPREFIX
RECORDING CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138
CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS 112 REMOTESYSTEM
RECORDNOW CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 61
CEMT SET STATISTICS 195 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101
RECORDSIZE CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131
CEMT SET FILE 183 CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138
RECOVDATA REMOVE
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 61 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 75
RECOVERABLE CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 136
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 CEMT SET DSNAME 178
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142 CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197
RECOVERED CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 75 REPLY command 6
CEMT SET DSNAME 177 REQUESTMODEL
RECOVERLOCKS CEDA 37
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 77 CEMT DISCARD 52
RECOVERY CEMT transaction 110
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 159 REQUIRED
RECOVSTATUS CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 107
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 61 RESCOUNT
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 RESET
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142 CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 93
REENTPROTECT CEMT INQUIRE STATISTICS 112
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118 CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115
REGISTERED CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 136
CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 153 CEMT PERFORM RESET 157
REJECT CEMT SET JOURNALNAME 186
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127 CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197
RELATED CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 RESETLOCKS
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 75
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197 CEMT SET DSNAME 178
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 RESETNOW
RELATION CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81 CEMT SET STATISTICS 195
CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 149 RESOURCE
RELEASE CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 65 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118 resource definition online transaction, CEDA 33
CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
Index 287
SECURITYST single keystroke retrieval (SKR) 254
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 SKR (single keystroke retrieval) 254
SEND SKRxxxx, system initialization parameter 254
CMSG 238 SMF
sequential terminal 233 CEMT INQUIRE JMODEL 92
SERVSTATUS CEMT INQUIRE JOURNALNAME 94
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 62 SNAP
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101 CEMT PERFORM DUMP 156
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131 CEMT transaction 156
SESSION SNAP command
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 100 CEBT transaction 26
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 131 SOS
SESSIONID CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 72, 73
CEDF 41 CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118
SESSIONS SOSABOVE
CEDA 37 CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 73
SHARE CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86 SOSBELOW
CEMT SET FILE 183 CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 73
SHARED CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109 SOSSTATUS
CEMT SET PROGRAM 193 CEMT INQUIRE DSAS 72
SHARESTATUS CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 118
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 109 SPACE MUST FOLLOW TRANSID
shipped terminal definitions CMSG 244
deletion of SPOOLFE
CEMT INQUIRE DELETSHIPPED command 70 CSFE 249
CEMT PERFORM DELETSHIPPED command 155 spooling interface trace 249
CEMT SET DELETSHIPPED command 175 SQLCODE
SHR CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 126 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68
SHUNTED CEMT SET DB2CONN 169
CEMT INQUIRE UOW 145 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
SHUTDOWN STANDBYMODE
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 STANDYBYMODE
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 197 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 START
shutdown, CICS CEBT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 21
CEBT 25 CEBT INQUIRE GTFTRACE 23
CEMT 158 CEBT INQUIRE INTTRACE 23
SHUTOPTION CEBT SET AUXTRACE 27
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 115 CEBT SET GTFTRACE 28
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137 CEBT SET INTTRACE 29
SIGN CEMT INQUIRE AUXTRACE 56
CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68 CEMT INQUIRE GTFTRACE 89
CEMT SET DB2CONN 168 CEMT INQUIRE INTTRACE 90
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 172 CEMT SET AUXTRACE 162
sign-off, CESF CEMT SET GTFTRACE 184
fixed-format terminal 215 CEMT SET INTTRACE 184
SIGNID STARTCODE
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 63, 65 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 122
CEMT SET DB2CONN 170 STARTING
signon, CESN CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 152
3270 screen 217 starting a transaction 1
non-3270 screen 218
Index 289
SYSID (continued) TCBLIMIT
CEMT SET TSQUEUE 208 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
CRTE transaction 247 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
SYSLOG TCBs
CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME 113 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
SYSTEM TCLASS
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 116 CEMT DISCARD 52
CEMT SET transaction 198 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 120
system spooling interface trace 249 CEMT INQUIRE TCLASS 123
SYSTEMLOG CEMT INQUIRE transaction 123, 135
CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME 113 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
CEMT SET transaction 201, 206
TCP/IP services, CEMT requests 124
T TCPIP
tab key 48 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 124
TABLE CEMT SET transaction 201
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 TCPIP, CEMT requests 202
TABLEMGR TCpipservice
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160 CEDA 37
TABLENAME CEMT DISCARD 52
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 124
CEMT SET FILE 183 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
TAKEOVER CEMT SET transaction 202
CEBT 24 TDQ
CEBT transaction 26, 30 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 82
CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150
TASK TDQUEUE
CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 63 CEDA 37
CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 67 CEMT DISCARD 52
CEMT INQUIRE EXCI 84 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 126
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121, 122 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132 CEMT SET transaction 203
CEMT SET DB2CONN 167 TEMPLATENAME
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 172 CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE 72
CEMT SET transaction 200 TEMPLATETYPE
task associated trap 250 CEMT INQUIRE DOCTEMPLATE 72
TASK command temporary storage browse transaction, CEBR 19
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 119 TER
TASKDATAKEY CEOT 213
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135 TERM
TASKDATALOC CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 64
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 68
TASKID CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81 CEMT SET DB2CONN 168
CEMT INQUIRE UOW 143 CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150 TERMID
TASKREQ CEDF 41
CSFE 250 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 127
tasks CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE requests 119 CMSG 237
CEMT SET requests 200 CSFE ZCQTRACE 249
TCAM devices TERMID GT 4 CHAR AT XXXXX
Neg(poll) 95 CMSG 244
TCB TERMID NOT +/− AT xxxxx
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 122 CMSG 244
Index 291
TRANISOLATE TRANSID option
CEMT INQUIRE SYSTEM 119 CEMT INQUIRE REQUESTMODEL command 110
TRANSACTION TRAP
CEDA 37 CSFE DEBUG 251
CEMT DISCARD 52 trap program exit routine 251
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101 traps
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132 storage violation 250
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 133, 135 task associated 250
CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160 TRDUMP
CEMT SET transaction 206 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
transaction routing, CRTE 247 TRDUMPCODE
transaction, BTS browser 9 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 136
transaction, in-doubt test tool 227 CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 137
transaction, trace control 221 CEMT SET transaction 207
transactions TRIGGERLEVEL
all (list) 263 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128
canceling 1 CEMT SET TDQUEUE 203
CBAM 9 TRPROF
CEBT 21 CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 135
CECI 31 CRTE transaction 247
CECS 31, 32 TSMODEL
CEDA 33 CEDA 37
CEDB 33 CEMT DISCARD 52
CEDC 33 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 138
CEDF 41 CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 139
CEMT 45 TSO console as a CICS terminal 7
CEOT 213 TSPOOL
CESN 217 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 139
CEST 219 CEMT INQUIRE TSPOOL 140
CMSG 231 TSQ
CRTE 247 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 82
CSFE 249 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150
CSPG 253 TSQNAME
CWTO 259 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 140
DSNC 261 TSQUEUE
identification codes 3 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 140
initiating from console 6 CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142
invocation of 1 CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
security key 3 CEMT SET transaction 208
transactions with operator interface 263 CEMT SET TSQUEUE 208
transactions with operator interface TTI
CBAM 9 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101
CDBC 11 CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132
CDBI 13 CEMT SET NETNAME 191
CDBM 15 CEMT SET TERMINAL 205
CESF 215 CEOT 213, 214
CETR 221 TTISTATUS
CMAC 229 CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 101
TRANSID CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132
CEMT INQUIRE DB2TRAN 70 TTTT
CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81 CSPG 257
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 142 TWAIT
CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144 CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN 66
CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 150 CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 69
CEMT SET DB2TRAN 174 CEMT SET DB2CONN 170
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173
Index 293
USERID (continued) value (continued)
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128 CEMT SET UOW 209
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 132 CEMT SET UOWLINK 209
CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144 values
CEMT SET DB2CONN 168 hexadecimal 48
CEMT SET DB2ENTRY 173 VSAM
CESN 218 CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 75
USERTABLE CEMT INQUIRE FILE 86
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 88 VTAM
CEMT SET FILE 183 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
CEMT INQUIRE transaction 153
CEMT INQUIRE VTAM 154
V CEMT PERFORM STATISTICS 160
VALID CEMT SET transaction 210
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76 VTAM ACB (access control block) 153, 210
VALIDITY VTAM terminals, acquiring 190, 204
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 76
value
CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 58 W
CEMT INQUIRE DSNAME 74 WAIT
CEMT INQUIRE FILE 85 CEMT INQUIRE TASK 121
CEMT INQUIRE MODENAME 95 CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 128
CEMT INQUIRE NETNAME 99 CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 134
CEMT INQUIRE PARTNER 102 WAITCAUSE
CEMT INQUIRE PROFILE 105 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE PROGRAM 106 WAITCOMMIT
CEMT INQUIRE STREAMNAME 113 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE SYDUMPCODE 114 WAITER
CEMT INQUIRE TASK 120 CEMT INQUIRE ENQ 81
CEMT INQUIRE TCLASS 123 CEMT INQUIRE UOWENQ 149
CEMT INQUIRE TDQUEUE 126 WAITFORGET
CEMT INQUIRE TERMINAL 129 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE TRANSACTION 133 WAITING
CEMT INQUIRE TRDUMPCODE 136 CEMT INQUIRE ENQMODEL 83
CEMT INQUIRE TSMODEL 138 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE TSPOOL 139 WAITRMI
CEMT INQUIRE TSQUEUE 141 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT INQUIRE UOW 143 WAITSTATE
CEMT INQUIRE UOWLINK 151 CEMT INQUIRE UOW 144
CEMT SET CONNECTION 163 Web support 211
CEMT SET DSNAME 177 CEMT INQUIRE transaction 154
CEMT SET ENQMODEL 179 CEMT SET transaction 211
CEMT SET FILE 181 Web support inquiry 154
CEMT SET JOURNALNAME 186 write to console operator (CWTO) 259
CEMT SET LINE 186
CEMT SET MODENAME 187
CEMT SET NETNAME 190 X
CEMT SET PROGRAM 192 XCF
CEMT SET SYDUMPCODE 196 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
CEMT SET TASK 200 XLNSTATUS
CEMT SET TCLASS 201 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 62
CEMT SET TDQUEUE 203 XLT
CEMT SET TERMINAL 204 CEMT PERFORM SHUTDOWN 158
CEMT SET TRANSACTION 206 XM
CEMT SET TRDUMPCODE 207 CEMT INQUIRE CONNECTION 59
CEMT SET TSQUEUE 208
Y
YES
CMSG 236
YY.DDD
CMSG 234
YYYY
CSPG 255
YYYY.DDD
CMSG 235
Z
ZERO LENGTH MSG AT ''
CMSG 245
Index 295
296 CICS Supplied Transactions
Sending your comments to IBM
If you especially like or dislike anything about this book, please use one of the methods listed below to send your comments to
IBM.
Feel free to comment on what you regard as specific errors or omissions, and on the accuracy, organization, subject matter, or
completeness of this book.
Please limit your comments to the information in this book and the way in which the information is presented.
To request additional publications, or to ask questions or make comments about the functions of IBM products or systems, you
should talk to your IBM representative or to your IBM authorized remarketer.
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any way it
believes appropriate, without incurring any obligation to you.
You can send your comments to IBM in any of the following ways:
By mail, to this address:
Information Development Department (MP095)
IBM United Kingdom Laboratories
Hursley Park
WINCHESTER,
Hampshire
SO21 2JN
United Kingdom
By fax:
– From outside the U.K., after your international access code use 44–1962–870229
– From within the U.K., use 01962–870229
Electronically, use the appropriate network ID:
– IBM Mail Exchange: GBIBM2Q9 at IBMMAIL
– IBMLink: HURSLEY(IDRCF)
– Internet: idrcf@hursley.ibm.com
SC33-1686-ð2
Spine information: